(display_string): Fix previous change.
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
203
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
205
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
210
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
213
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
215
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
217
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
221
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
229
230 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
231
232 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
233 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
234
235 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
236 over them. */
237
238 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
239
240 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
241
242 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin;
243
244 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
245
246 int tool_bar_button_relief;
247
248 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
249 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
250
251 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
252
253 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
254
255 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
256
257 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
258
259 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
260 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
261
262 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
265 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
266 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
267 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
268
269 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
270
271 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
272
273 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
274
275 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
276
277 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
278 images in Lisp. */
279
280 Lisp_Object Qimage;
281
282 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
283 message. */
284
285 int noninteractive_need_newline;
286
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
288
289 static int message_log_need_newline;
290
291 \f
292 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
293 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
294 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
295 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
296
297 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
298
299 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
300 terminating newline. */
301
302 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
303
304 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
305
306 static int this_line_vpos;
307 static int this_line_y;
308 static int this_line_pixel_height;
309
310 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
311 negative if first character is partially visible. */
312
313 static int this_line_start_x;
314
315 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
316
317 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
318
319 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
320 frame. */
321
322 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
323
324 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
325
326 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
327
328 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
329 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
330 frame-title-format. */
331
332 int multiple_frames;
333
334 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
335
336 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
337
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
339
340 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
341
342 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
343
344 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
345 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
346 numerical position. */
347
348 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
349
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
351
352 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
353
354 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
355
356 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
357
358 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
359 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
360 have changed. */
361
362 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
363
364 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
365
366 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
367
368 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
369
370 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
371
372 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
373
374 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
375 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
376
377 static int scroll_step;
378
379 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
380 screen, when appropriate. */
381
382 static int scroll_conservatively;
383
384 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
385 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
386 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
387 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
388
389 int scroll_margin;
390
391 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
392 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
393 this. */
394
395 int buffer_shared;
396
397 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
398
399 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
400
401 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
402 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
403 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
404
405 This variable is deprecated. */
406
407 int mode_line_inverse_video;
408
409 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
410
411 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
412
413 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
414 of the line that contains the prompt. */
415
416 int minibuf_prompt_width;
417 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
418
419 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
420 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
421 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
422
423 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
424
425 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
426 pushes the current message and the value of
427 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
428 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
429
430 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
431
432 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
433 message was specified. */
434
435 int message_enable_multibyte;
436
437 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
438
439 int update_mode_lines;
440
441 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
442 redisplay that finished */
443
444 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
445
446 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
447 line number. */
448
449 int line_number_displayed;
450
451 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
452
453 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
454
455 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
456
457 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
458
459 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
460 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
461
462 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
463
464 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
465
466 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
467
468 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
469 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
470
471 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
472
473 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
474
475 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
476
477 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
478
479 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
480
481 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
482 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
483
484 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
485
486 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
487 message. */
488
489 int message_buf_print;
490
491 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
492 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
493 specifying a number of lines. */
494
495 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
496
497 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
498 lines instead of being continued. */
499
500 int message_truncate_lines;
501 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
502
503 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
504 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
505
506 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
507
508 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
509 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
510
511 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
512 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
513 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
514
515 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
516
517 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
518
519 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
520
521 int help_echo_showing_p;
522
523 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
524 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
525 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
526
527 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
528
529 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
530 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
531 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
532 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
533 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
534
535 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
536
537 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
538
539 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
540 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
541
542 int trace_redisplay_p;
543
544 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
545
546 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
547 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
548 int trace_move;
549
550 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
551 #else
552 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
553 #endif
554
555 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
556 point visible. */
557
558 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
559
560 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
561
562 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
563
564 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
565 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
566 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
567 become empty. */
568
569 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
570
571 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
572
573 enum prop_handled
574 {
575 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
576 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
577 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
578 HANDLED_RETURN
579 };
580
581 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
582 in. */
583
584 struct props
585 {
586 /* The name of the property. */
587 Lisp_Object *name;
588
589 /* A unique index for the property. */
590 enum prop_idx idx;
591
592 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
593 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
594 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
595 };
596
597 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
598 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
599 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
600 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
601 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
602 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
603
604 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
605
606 static struct props it_props[] =
607 {
608 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
609 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
610 `display' need to know the face. */
611 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
612 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
613 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
614 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
615 {NULL, 0, NULL}
616 };
617
618 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
619 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
620
621 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
622
623 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
624
625 enum move_it_result
626 {
627 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
628 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
629
630 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
631 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
632
633 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
634 MOVE_X_REACHED,
635
636 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
637 continued. */
638 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
639
640 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
641 be displayed truncated. */
642 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
643
644 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
645 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
646 };
647
648
649 \f
650 /* Function prototypes. */
651
652 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
653 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
654 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
655 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
656 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
657 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
658 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
659 struct text_pos));
660 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
661 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
662 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
663 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
664 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
665 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
666 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
667 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
668 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
669 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
670 struct glyph_row *,
671 struct glyph_row *));
672 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
673 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
674 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
675 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
676 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
677 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
678 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
679 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
680 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
681 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
682 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
683 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
684 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
685 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
686 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
687 struct text_pos));
688 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
689 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
690 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
691 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
692 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
693 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
694 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
695 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
696 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
697 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
698 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
699 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
702 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
703 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
704 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
705 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
706 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
707 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
708 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
709 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
710 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
711 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
712 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
713 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
714 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
715 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
716 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
717 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
718 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
719 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
720 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
721 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
722 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
723 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
724 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
725 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
726 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
727 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
729 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
730 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
731 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
732 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
733 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
734 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
736 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
737 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
738 struct display_pos *));
739 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
740 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
741 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
742 int, int, int));
743 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
745 struct glyph_row *));
746 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
747 struct glyph_row *));
748 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
749 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
750 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
751 Lisp_Object, int));
752 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
753 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
754 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
755 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
756 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
757 Lisp_Object));
758 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
759 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
760 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
761 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
762 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
763
764 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
765 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
766
767 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
768
769 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
770 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
771 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
772 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
773
774 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
775
776 \f
777 /***********************************************************************
778 Window display dimensions
779 ***********************************************************************/
780
781 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
782 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
783 mode line, if any. */
784
785 INLINE int
786 window_text_bottom_y (w)
787 struct window *w;
788 {
789 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
790 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
791
792 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
793 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
794 return height;
795 }
796
797
798 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
799 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
800 the left and right of the window. */
801
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_width (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
806 {
807 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
808 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
809
810 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
811 {
812 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
813
814 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
815 {
816 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
817 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
818 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
819 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
820 }
821 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
822 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
823 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
824 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
825 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
826 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
827 }
828
829 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
830 }
831
832
833 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
834 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
835
836 INLINE int
837 window_box_height (w)
838 struct window *w;
839 {
840 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
841 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
842
843 xassert (height >= 0);
844
845 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
846 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
847 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
848 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
849 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
850
851 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
852 {
853 struct glyph_row *ml_row
854 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
855 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
856 : 0);
857 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
858 height -= ml_row->height;
859 else
860 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
861 }
862
863 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
864 {
865 struct glyph_row *hl_row
866 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
867 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
868 : 0);
869 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
870 height -= hl_row->height;
871 else
872 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
873 }
874
875 return height;
876 }
877
878
879 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
880 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
881 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
882 W. */
883
884 INLINE int
885 window_box_left (w, area)
886 struct window *w;
887 int area;
888 {
889 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
890 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
891
892 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
893 {
894 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
895 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
896
897 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
898 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
899 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
900 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
901 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
902 }
903
904 return x;
905 }
906
907
908 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
909 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
910 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
911 W. */
912
913 INLINE int
914 window_box_right (w, area)
915 struct window *w;
916 int area;
917 {
918 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
919 }
920
921
922 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
923 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
924 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
925 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
926 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
927 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
928
929 INLINE void
930 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
931 struct window *w;
932 int area;
933 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
934 {
935 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
936
937 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
938 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
939 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
940 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
941 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
942 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
943 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
944 }
945
946
947 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
948 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
949 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
950 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
951 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
952 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
953 box. */
954
955 INLINE void
956 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
957 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
958 struct window *w;
959 int area;
960 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
961 {
962 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
963 bottom_right_y);
964 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
965 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
966 }
967
968
969 \f
970 /***********************************************************************
971 Utilities
972 ***********************************************************************/
973
974 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
975 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
976 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
977 and header-lines heights. */
978
979 int
980 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
981 struct window *w;
982 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
983 {
984 struct it it;
985 struct text_pos top;
986 int visible_p;
987 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
988
989 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
990 {
991 old_buffer = current_buffer;
992 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
993 }
994
995 *fully = visible_p = 0;
996 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
997
998 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
999 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1000 {
1001 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1002 current_mode_line_height
1003 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1004 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1005
1006 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1007 current_header_line_height
1008 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1009 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1010 }
1011
1012 start_display (&it, w, top);
1013 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1015
1016 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1017 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1018 {
1019 int line_height, line_bottom_y;
1020 int line_top_y = it.current_y;
1021 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1022
1023 line_height = it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
1024 if (line_height == 0)
1025 {
1026 if (last_height)
1027 line_height = last_height;
1028 else if (charpos < ZV)
1029 {
1030 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 1);
1031 line_height = (it.max_ascent || it.max_descent
1032 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
1033 : last_height);
1034 }
1035 else
1036 {
1037 /* Use the default character height. */
1038 it.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1039 it.c = ' ';
1040 it.len = 1;
1041 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
1042 line_height = it.ascent + it.descent;
1043 }
1044 }
1045 line_bottom_y = line_top_y + line_height;
1046
1047 if (line_top_y < window_top_y)
1048 visible_p = line_bottom_y > window_top_y;
1049 else if (line_top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1050 {
1051 visible_p = 1;
1052 *fully = line_bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1053 }
1054 }
1055 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1056 {
1057 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1058 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1059 {
1060 visible_p = 1;
1061 *fully = 0;
1062 }
1063 }
1064
1065 if (old_buffer)
1066 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1067
1068 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1069 return visible_p;
1070 }
1071
1072
1073 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1074 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1075 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1076 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1077 character. */
1078
1079 static INLINE int
1080 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1081 unsigned char *str;
1082 int maxlen, *len;
1083 {
1084 int c;
1085
1086 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1087 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1088 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1089 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1090 characters. */
1091 c = '?';
1092
1093 return c;
1094 }
1095
1096
1097
1098 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1099 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1100
1101 static struct text_pos
1102 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1103 struct text_pos pos;
1104 Lisp_Object string;
1105 int nchars;
1106 {
1107 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1108
1109 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1110 {
1111 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1112 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1113 int len;
1114
1115 while (nchars--)
1116 {
1117 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1118 p += len, rest -= len;
1119 xassert (rest >= 0);
1120 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1121 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1122 }
1123 }
1124 else
1125 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1126
1127 return pos;
1128 }
1129
1130
1131 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1132 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1133
1134 static INLINE struct text_pos
1135 string_pos (charpos, string)
1136 int charpos;
1137 Lisp_Object string;
1138 {
1139 struct text_pos pos;
1140 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1141 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1142 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1143 return pos;
1144 }
1145
1146
1147 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1148 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1149 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1150
1151 static struct text_pos
1152 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1153 int charpos;
1154 unsigned char *s;
1155 int multibyte_p;
1156 {
1157 struct text_pos pos;
1158
1159 xassert (s != NULL);
1160 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1161
1162 if (multibyte_p)
1163 {
1164 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1165
1166 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1167 while (charpos--)
1168 {
1169 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1170 s += len, rest -= len;
1171 xassert (rest >= 0);
1172 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1173 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1174 }
1175 }
1176 else
1177 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1178
1179 return pos;
1180 }
1181
1182
1183 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1184 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1185
1186 static int
1187 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1188 unsigned char *s;
1189 int multibyte_p;
1190 {
1191 int nchars;
1192
1193 if (multibyte_p)
1194 {
1195 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1196 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1197
1198 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1199 {
1200 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1201 rest -= len, p += len;
1202 }
1203 }
1204 else
1205 nchars = strlen (s);
1206
1207 return nchars;
1208 }
1209
1210
1211 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1212 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1213 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1214
1215 static void
1216 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1217 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1218 Lisp_Object string;
1219 {
1220 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1221 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1222
1223 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1224 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1225 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1226 else
1227 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1228 }
1229
1230
1231 \f
1232 /***********************************************************************
1233 Lisp form evaluation
1234 ***********************************************************************/
1235
1236 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1237
1238 static Lisp_Object
1239 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1240 Lisp_Object arg;
1241 {
1242 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1243 return Qnil;
1244 }
1245
1246
1247 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1248 wrong. */
1249
1250 Lisp_Object
1251 safe_eval (sexpr)
1252 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1253 {
1254 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1255 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1256 Lisp_Object val;
1257
1258 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1259 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1260 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, safe_eval_handler);
1261 UNGCPRO;
1262 return unbind_to (count, val);
1263 }
1264
1265
1266 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1267 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1268
1269 Lisp_Object
1270 safe_call (nargs, args)
1271 int nargs;
1272 Lisp_Object *args;
1273 {
1274 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1275 Lisp_Object val;
1276 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1277
1278 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1279 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1280 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1281 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1282 safe_eval_handler);
1283 UNGCPRO;
1284 return unbind_to (count, val);
1285 }
1286
1287
1288 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1289 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1290
1291 Lisp_Object
1292 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1293 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1294 {
1295 Lisp_Object args[2];
1296 args[0] = fn;
1297 args[1] = arg;
1298 return safe_call (2, args);
1299 }
1300
1301
1302 \f
1303 /***********************************************************************
1304 Debugging
1305 ***********************************************************************/
1306
1307 #if 0
1308
1309 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1310 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1311
1312 static void
1313 check_it (it)
1314 struct it *it;
1315 {
1316 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1317 {
1318 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1319 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1320 }
1321 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1322 {
1323 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1324 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1325 }
1326
1327 if (it->dpvec)
1328 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1329 else
1330 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1331 }
1332
1333 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1334
1335 #else /* not 0 */
1336
1337 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1338
1339 #endif /* not 0 */
1340
1341
1342 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1343
1344 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1345 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1346
1347 static void
1348 check_window_end (w)
1349 struct window *w;
1350 {
1351 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1352 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1353 {
1354 struct glyph_row *row;
1355 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1356 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1357 !row->enabled_p
1358 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1359 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1360 }
1361 }
1362
1363 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1364
1365 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1366
1367 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1368
1369 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1370
1371
1372 \f
1373 /***********************************************************************
1374 Iterator initialization
1375 ***********************************************************************/
1376
1377 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1378 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1379 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1380 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1381 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1382
1383 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1384 will produce glyphs in that row.
1385
1386 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1387 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1388 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1389 displaying the tool-bar.
1390
1391 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1392 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1393 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1394
1395 void
1396 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1397 struct it *it;
1398 struct window *w;
1399 int charpos, bytepos;
1400 struct glyph_row *row;
1401 enum face_id base_face_id;
1402 {
1403 int highlight_region_p;
1404
1405 /* Some precondition checks. */
1406 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1407 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1408
1409 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1410 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1411 that might have changed. */
1412 if (face_change_count)
1413 {
1414 face_change_count = 0;
1415 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1416 }
1417
1418 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1419 appropriate. */
1420 if (row == NULL)
1421 {
1422 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1423 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1424 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1425 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Clear IT. */
1429 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1430 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1431 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1432 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1433
1434 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1435 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1436 it->w = w;
1437 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1438
1439 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1440 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1441 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1442 {
1443 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1444 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1445 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1446 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1447 }
1448
1449 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1450 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1451 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1452 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1453 if (
1454 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1455 noninteractive &&
1456 #endif
1457 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1458 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1459 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1460 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1461
1462 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1463 it->space_width = Qnil;
1464 it->font_height = Qnil;
1465
1466 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1467 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1468
1469 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1470 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1471 invisible. */
1472 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1473 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1474 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1475 ? -1 : 0));
1476 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1477 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1478
1479 /* Display table to use. */
1480 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1481
1482 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1483 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1484
1485 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1486 highlight_region_p
1487 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1488 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1489 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1490
1491 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1492 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1493 -1 to indicate no region. */
1494 if (highlight_region_p
1495 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1496 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1497 highlight_nonselected_windows
1498 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1499 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1500 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1501 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1502 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1503 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1504 {
1505 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1506 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1507 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1508 }
1509 else
1510 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1511
1512 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1513 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1514 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1515 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1516 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1517 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1518 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1519 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1520
1521 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1522 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1523 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1524 it->tab_width = 8;
1525
1526 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1527 it->truncate_lines_p
1528 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1529 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1530 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1531 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1532 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1533
1534 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1535 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1536 frames. */
1537 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1538 {
1539 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1540 {
1541 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1542 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1543 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1544 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1545 }
1546 else
1547 {
1548 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1549 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1550 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1551 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1552 }
1553
1554 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1555 above has changed them. */
1556 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1557 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1558 }
1559
1560 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1561 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1562 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1563 it->glyph_row = row;
1564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1565
1566 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1567 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1568 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1569 start of this total display area. */
1570 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1571 {
1572 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1573 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1574 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1575 }
1576 else
1577 {
1578 it->first_visible_x
1579 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1580 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1581 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1582
1583 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1584 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1585 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1586 for window-based redisplay. */
1587 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1588 {
1589 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1590 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1591 else
1592 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1593 }
1594
1595 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1596 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1600 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1601 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1602 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1603
1604 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1605
1606 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1607 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1608 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1609 {
1610 struct face *face;
1611
1612 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1613
1614 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1615 with a left box line. */
1616 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1617 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1618 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1619 }
1620
1621 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1622 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1623 if (charpos > 0)
1624 {
1625 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1626 it->face_id = -1;
1627 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1628
1629 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1630 if (bytepos <= 0)
1631 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1632 else
1633 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1634
1635 /* Compute faces etc. */
1636 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1637 }
1638
1639 CHECK_IT (it);
1640 }
1641
1642
1643 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1644
1645 void
1646 start_display (it, w, pos)
1647 struct it *it;
1648 struct window *w;
1649 struct text_pos pos;
1650 {
1651 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1652 struct glyph_row *row;
1653 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1654 int first_y;
1655
1656 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1657 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1658 first_y = it->current_y;
1659
1660 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1661 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1662 account. */
1663 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1664 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1665 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1666 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1667
1668 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1669 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1670 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1671 {
1672 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1673
1674 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1675 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1676 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1677 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1678 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1679 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1680 {
1681 if (it->current_x > 0)
1682 {
1683 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1684 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1685 {
1686 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1687 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1688 }
1689
1690 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1691 }
1692
1693 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1694 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1695 fields in the iterator structure. */
1696 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1697 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1698 }
1699
1700 it->current_y = first_y;
1701 it->vpos = 0;
1702 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1703 }
1704
1705 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1706 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1707 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1708
1709 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1710 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1711 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1712 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1713 #endif /* 0 */
1714 }
1715
1716
1717 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1718 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1719 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1720
1721 static void
1722 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1723 struct it *it;
1724 struct window *w;
1725 struct display_pos *pos;
1726 {
1727 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1728 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1729 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1730 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1731 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1732 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1733 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1734 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1735 after-string. */
1736 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1737 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1738
1739 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1740 the right overlay string. */
1741 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1742 {
1743 int relative_index;
1744
1745 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1746 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1747 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1748 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1749 {
1750 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1751 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1752 while (n--)
1753 {
1754 load_overlay_strings (it);
1755 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1756 }
1757 }
1758
1759 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1760 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1761 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1762 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1763 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1764 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1765 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1766 }
1767 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1768 {
1769 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1770 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1771 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1772 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1773 while (it->sp)
1774 pop_it (it);
1775 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1776 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1777 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1778 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1779 }
1780
1781 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1782 {
1783 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1784 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1785 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1786 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1787 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1788 }
1789
1790 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1791 character translations. */
1792 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1793 {
1794 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1795 get_next_display_element (it);
1796 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1797 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1798 }
1799
1800 CHECK_IT (it);
1801 }
1802
1803
1804 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1805 starting at ROW->start. */
1806
1807 static void
1808 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1809 struct it *it;
1810 struct window *w;
1811 struct glyph_row *row;
1812 {
1813 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1814 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1815 CHECK_IT (it);
1816 }
1817
1818
1819 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1820 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1821
1822 static void
1823 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1824 struct it *it;
1825 struct window *w;
1826 struct glyph_row *row;
1827 {
1828 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1829
1830 if (row->continued_p)
1831 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1832 + row->pixel_width);
1833 CHECK_IT (it);
1834 }
1835
1836
1837
1838 \f
1839 /***********************************************************************
1840 Text properties
1841 ***********************************************************************/
1842
1843 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1844 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1845 to stop. */
1846
1847 static void
1848 handle_stop (it)
1849 struct it *it;
1850 {
1851 enum prop_handled handled;
1852 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1853 struct props *p;
1854
1855 it->dpvec = NULL;
1856 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1857
1858 do
1859 {
1860 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1861
1862 /* Call text property handlers. */
1863 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1864 {
1865 handled = p->handler (it);
1866
1867 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1868 break;
1869 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1870 return;
1871 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1872 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1873 }
1874
1875 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1876 {
1877 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1878 characters from a display vector. */
1879 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1880 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1881
1882 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1883 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1884 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1885
1886 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1887 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1888 compute_stop_pos (it);
1889 }
1890 }
1891 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1892 }
1893
1894
1895 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1896 information for IT's current position. */
1897
1898 static void
1899 compute_stop_pos (it)
1900 struct it *it;
1901 {
1902 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1903 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1904
1905 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1906 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1907
1908 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1909 {
1910 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1911 properties. */
1912 object = it->string;
1913 limit = Qnil;
1914 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1915 }
1916 else
1917 {
1918 int charpos;
1919
1920 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1921 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1922 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1923 follows. */
1924 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1925 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1926 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1927
1928 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1929 start or end because the face might change there. */
1930 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1931 {
1932 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1933 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1934 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1935 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1936 }
1937
1938 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1939 property changes. */
1940 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1941 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1942 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1943
1944 }
1945
1946 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1947 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1948 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1949 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1950 {
1951 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1952 struct props *p;
1953
1954 /* Get properties here. */
1955 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1956 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1957
1958 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1959 properties. */
1960 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1961 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1962 && (NILP (limit)
1963 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1964 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1965 {
1966 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1967 {
1968 Lisp_Object new_value;
1969
1970 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1971 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1972 break;
1973 }
1974
1975 if (p->handler)
1976 break;
1977 }
1978
1979 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1980 {
1981 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1982 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1983 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1984 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1985 else
1986 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1987 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1988 }
1989 }
1990
1991 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1992 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1993 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1994 }
1995
1996
1997 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1998 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1999 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2000 xmalloc. */
2001
2002 static int
2003 next_overlay_change (pos)
2004 int pos;
2005 {
2006 int noverlays;
2007 int endpos;
2008 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2009 int len;
2010 int i;
2011
2012 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2013 len = 10;
2014 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2015 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2016 if (noverlays > len)
2017 {
2018 len = noverlays;
2019 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2020 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2021 }
2022
2023 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2024 use its ending point instead. */
2025 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2026 {
2027 Lisp_Object oend;
2028 int oendpos;
2029
2030 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2031 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2032 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2033 }
2034
2035 return endpos;
2036 }
2037
2038
2039 \f
2040 /***********************************************************************
2041 Fontification
2042 ***********************************************************************/
2043
2044 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2045 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2046 regions of text. */
2047
2048 static enum prop_handled
2049 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2050 struct it *it;
2051 {
2052 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2053 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2054
2055 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2056 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2057 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2058 Qfontification_functions. */
2059 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2060 && it->s == NULL
2061 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2062 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2063 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2064 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2065 NILP (prop)))
2066 {
2067 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2068 Lisp_Object val;
2069
2070 val = Vfontification_functions;
2071 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2072 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2073
2074 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2075 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2076 else
2077 {
2078 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2079 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2080
2081 globals = Qnil;
2082 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2083
2084 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2085 {
2086 fn = XCAR (val);
2087
2088 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2089 {
2090 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2091 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2092 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2093 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2094 loop. */
2095 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2096 CONSP (globals);
2097 globals = XCDR (globals))
2098 {
2099 fn = XCAR (globals);
2100 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2101 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2102 }
2103 }
2104 else
2105 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2106 }
2107
2108 UNGCPRO;
2109 }
2110
2111 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2112
2113 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2114 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2115 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2116 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2117 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2118 }
2119
2120 return handled;
2121 }
2122
2123
2124 \f
2125 /***********************************************************************
2126 Faces
2127 ***********************************************************************/
2128
2129 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2130 Called from handle_stop. */
2131
2132 static enum prop_handled
2133 handle_face_prop (it)
2134 struct it *it;
2135 {
2136 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2137
2138 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2139 {
2140 new_face_id
2141 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2142 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2143 it->region_beg_charpos,
2144 it->region_end_charpos,
2145 &next_stop,
2146 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2147 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2148 0);
2149
2150 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2151 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2152 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2153 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2154 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2155 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2156 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2157 {
2158 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2159
2160 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2161 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2162 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2163 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2164 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2165 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2166 it->start_of_box_run_p
2167 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2168 && (it->face_id >= 0
2169 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2170 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2171 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2172 }
2173 }
2174 else
2175 {
2176 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2177
2178 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2179 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2180 else
2181 bufpos = 0;
2182
2183 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2184 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2185 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2186 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2187 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2188 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2189
2190 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2191 it->string,
2192 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2193 bufpos,
2194 it->region_beg_charpos,
2195 it->region_end_charpos,
2196 &next_stop,
2197 base_face_id);
2198
2199 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2200 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2201 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2202 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2203 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2204 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2205 #endif
2206
2207 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2208 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2209 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2210 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2211 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2212 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2213 is really the end. */
2214 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2215 {
2216 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2217 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2218
2219 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2220 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2221 shadow on the left side. */
2222 it->start_of_box_run_p
2223 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2224 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2225 }
2226 }
2227
2228 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2229 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2230 }
2231
2232
2233 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2234 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2235 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2236 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2237
2238 static int
2239 underlying_face_id (it)
2240 struct it *it;
2241 {
2242 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2243
2244 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2245
2246 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2247 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2248 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2249
2250 return face_id;
2251 }
2252
2253
2254 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2255 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2256 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2257
2258 static int
2259 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2260 struct it *it;
2261 int before_p;
2262 {
2263 int face_id, limit;
2264 int next_check_charpos;
2265 struct text_pos pos;
2266
2267 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2268
2269 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2270 {
2271 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2272
2273 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2274 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2275 string start. */
2276 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2277 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2278 return it->face_id;
2279
2280 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2281 if (before_p)
2282 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2283 else
2284 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2285 composition. */
2286 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2287 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2288 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2289
2290 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2291 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2292 else
2293 bufpos = 0;
2294
2295 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2296
2297 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2298 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2299 it->string,
2300 CHARPOS (pos),
2301 bufpos,
2302 it->region_beg_charpos,
2303 it->region_end_charpos,
2304 &next_check_charpos,
2305 base_face_id);
2306
2307 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2308 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2309 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2310 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2311 {
2312 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2313 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2314 int c, len;
2315 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2316
2317 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2318 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2319 }
2320 }
2321 else
2322 {
2323 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2324 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2325 return it->face_id;
2326
2327 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2328 pos = it->current.pos;
2329
2330 if (before_p)
2331 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2332 else
2333 {
2334 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2335 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2336 composition. */
2337 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2338 else
2339 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2340 }
2341
2342 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2343 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2344 CHARPOS (pos),
2345 it->region_beg_charpos,
2346 it->region_end_charpos,
2347 &next_check_charpos,
2348 limit, 0);
2349
2350 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2351 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2352 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2353 if (it->multibyte_p)
2354 {
2355 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2356 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2357 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2358 }
2359 }
2360
2361 return face_id;
2362 }
2363
2364
2365 \f
2366 /***********************************************************************
2367 Invisible text
2368 ***********************************************************************/
2369
2370 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2371 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2372
2373 static enum prop_handled
2374 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2375 struct it *it;
2376 {
2377 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2378
2379 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2380 {
2381 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2382 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2383
2384 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2385 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2386 property. */
2387 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2388 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2389
2390 if (!NILP (prop)
2391 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2392 {
2393 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2394
2395 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2396 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2397 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2398 all the rest of IT->string. */
2399 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2400 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2401 it->string, limit);
2402
2403 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2404 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2405 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2406 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2407 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2408 {
2409 struct text_pos old;
2410 old = it->current.string_pos;
2411 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2412 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2413 }
2414 else
2415 {
2416 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2417 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2418 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2419 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2420 {
2421 next_overlay_string (it);
2422 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2423 finished processing them. */
2424 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2425 }
2426 else
2427 {
2428 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2429 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2430 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2431 }
2432 }
2433 }
2434 }
2435 else
2436 {
2437 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2438 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2439
2440 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2441 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2442 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2443
2444 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2445 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2446 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2447 {
2448 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2449 invisible text. */
2450 int display_ellipsis_p
2451 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2452
2453 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2454
2455 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2456 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2457 do
2458 {
2459 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2460 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2461 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2462 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2463 invisible property. */
2464 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2465 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2466
2467 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2468 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2469 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2470 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2471 visible_p = 1;
2472 else
2473 {
2474 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2475 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2476 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2477 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2478 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2479 newpos is visible. */
2480 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2481 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2482 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2483 }
2484
2485 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2486 skip starting with next_stop. */
2487 if (!visible_p)
2488 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2489 }
2490 while (!visible_p);
2491
2492 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2493 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2494 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2495
2496 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2497 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2498 {
2499 if (it->dp
2500 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2501 {
2502 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2503 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2504 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2505 }
2506 else
2507 {
2508 /* Default `...'. */
2509 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2510 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2511 }
2512
2513 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2514 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2515 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2516 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2517
2518 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2519 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2520 }
2521 }
2522 }
2523
2524 return handled;
2525 }
2526
2527
2528 \f
2529 /***********************************************************************
2530 'display' property
2531 ***********************************************************************/
2532
2533 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2534 Called from handle_stop. */
2535
2536 static enum prop_handled
2537 handle_display_prop (it)
2538 struct it *it;
2539 {
2540 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2541 struct text_pos *position;
2542 int space_or_image_found_p;
2543
2544 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2545 {
2546 object = it->string;
2547 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2548 }
2549 else
2550 {
2551 object = Qnil;
2552 position = &it->current.pos;
2553 }
2554
2555 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2556 it->font_height = Qnil;
2557 it->space_width = Qnil;
2558 it->voffset = 0;
2559
2560 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2561 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2562 `display' property etc. */
2563 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2565
2566 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2567 Qdisplay, object);
2568 if (NILP (prop))
2569 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2570
2571 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2572 if (CONSP (prop)
2573 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2574 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2575 {
2576 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2577 while (CONSP (prop))
2578 {
2579 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2580 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2581 prop = XCDR (prop);
2582 }
2583 }
2584 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2585 {
2586 int i;
2587 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2588 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2589 object, position))
2590 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2591 }
2592 else
2593 {
2594 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2595 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2596 }
2597
2598 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2599 }
2600
2601
2602 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2603 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2604
2605 static struct text_pos
2606 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2607 struct it *it;
2608 Lisp_Object object;
2609 struct text_pos start_pos;
2610 {
2611 Lisp_Object end;
2612 struct text_pos end_pos;
2613
2614 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2615 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2616 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2617 if (STRINGP (object))
2618 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2619 else
2620 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2621
2622 return end_pos;
2623 }
2624
2625
2626 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2627 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2628 is the position at which it was found.
2629
2630 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2631 end position of the `display' property.
2632
2633 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2634
2635 static int
2636 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2637 struct it *it;
2638 Lisp_Object prop;
2639 Lisp_Object object;
2640 struct text_pos *position;
2641 {
2642 Lisp_Object value;
2643 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2644 Lisp_Object form;
2645
2646 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2647 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2648 form = Qt;
2649 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2650 {
2651 prop = XCDR (prop);
2652 if (!CONSP (prop))
2653 return 0;
2654 form = XCAR (prop);
2655 prop = XCDR (prop);
2656 }
2657
2658 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2659 {
2660 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2661 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2662
2663 GCPRO1 (form);
2664 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2665
2666 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2667 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2668 if (BUFFERP (object))
2669 {
2670 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2671 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2672 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2673 }
2674
2675 form = safe_eval (form);
2676
2677 if (BUFFERP (object))
2678 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2679 UNGCPRO;
2680 }
2681
2682 if (NILP (form))
2683 return 0;
2684
2685 if (CONSP (prop)
2686 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2687 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2688 {
2689 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f)
2690 || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f)
2691 || FRAME_W32_CONSOLE_P (it->f))
2692 return 0;
2693
2694 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2695 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2696 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2697 {
2698 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2699 int new_height = -1;
2700
2701 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2702 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2703 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2704 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2705 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2706 {
2707 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2708 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2709 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2710 steps = - steps;
2711 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2712 }
2713 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2714 {
2715 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2716 Value is the new height. */
2717 Lisp_Object height;
2718 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2719 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2720 if (NUMBERP (height))
2721 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2722 }
2723 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2724 {
2725 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2726 struct face *face;
2727
2728 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2729 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2730 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2731 }
2732 else
2733 {
2734 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2735 current specified height to get the new height. */
2736 Lisp_Object value;
2737 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2738
2739 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2740 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2741 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2742
2743 if (NUMBERP (value))
2744 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2745 }
2746
2747 if (new_height > 0)
2748 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2749 }
2750 }
2751 else if (CONSP (prop)
2752 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2753 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2754 {
2755 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2756 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f)
2757 || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f)
2758 || FRAME_W32_CONSOLE_P (it->f))
2759 return 0;
2760
2761 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2762 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2763 it->space_width = value;
2764 }
2765 else if (CONSP (prop)
2766 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2767 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2768 {
2769 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2770 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f)
2771 || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f)
2772 || FRAME_W32_CONSOLE_P (it->f))
2773 return 0;
2774
2775 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2776 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2777 if (NUMBERP (value))
2778 {
2779 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2780 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2781 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2782 }
2783 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2784 }
2785 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2786 {
2787 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2788 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2789 Lisp_Object location, value;
2790 struct text_pos start_pos;
2791 int valid_p;
2792
2793 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2794 we have to find the end of the property. */
2795 start_pos = *position;
2796 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2797 value = Qnil;
2798
2799 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2800 text properties change there. */
2801 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2802
2803 location = Qunbound;
2804 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2805 {
2806 Lisp_Object tem;
2807
2808 value = XCDR (prop);
2809 if (CONSP (value))
2810 value = XCAR (value);
2811
2812 tem = XCAR (prop);
2813 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2814 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2815 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2816 (NILP (tem)
2817 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2818 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2819 location = tem;
2820 }
2821
2822 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2823 {
2824 location = Qnil;
2825 value = prop;
2826 }
2827
2828 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2829 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2830 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2831 else
2832 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2833 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2834 || valid_image_p (value));
2835 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2836 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2837 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2838
2839 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2840 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2841 || NILP (location))
2842 && valid_p)
2843 {
2844 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2845
2846 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2847 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2848 push_it (it);
2849
2850 if (NILP (location))
2851 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2852 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2853 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2854 else
2855 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2856
2857 if (STRINGP (value))
2858 {
2859 it->string = value;
2860 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2861 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2862 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2863 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2864 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2865 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2866 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2867 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2868 }
2869 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2870 {
2871 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2872 it->object = value;
2873 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2874 }
2875 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2876 else
2877 {
2878 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2879 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2880 it->position = start_pos;
2881 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2882 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2883
2884 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2885 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2886 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2887 *position = start_pos;
2888 }
2889 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2890 }
2891 else
2892 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2893 the position to what it was before. */
2894 *position = start_pos;
2895 }
2896
2897 return space_or_image_found_p;
2898 }
2899
2900
2901 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2902 treated as intangible. */
2903
2904 static int
2905 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2906 Lisp_Object prop;
2907 {
2908 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2909 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2910 {
2911 prop = XCDR (prop);
2912 if (!CONSP (prop))
2913 return 0;
2914 prop = XCDR (prop);
2915 }
2916
2917 if (!CONSP (prop))
2918 return 0;
2919
2920 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2921 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2922 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2923 {
2924 prop = XCDR (prop);
2925 if (!CONSP (prop))
2926 return 0;
2927
2928 prop = XCDR (prop);
2929 if (!CONSP (prop)
2930 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2931 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2932 return 0;
2933 }
2934
2935 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2936 }
2937
2938
2939 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2940 treated as intangible. */
2941
2942 int
2943 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2944 Lisp_Object prop;
2945 {
2946 if (CONSP (prop)
2947 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2948 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2949 {
2950 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2951 while (CONSP (prop))
2952 {
2953 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2954 return 1;
2955 prop = XCDR (prop);
2956 }
2957 }
2958 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2959 {
2960 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2961 int i;
2962 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2963 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i]))
2964 return 1;
2965 }
2966 else
2967 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2968
2969 return 0;
2970 }
2971
2972 \f
2973 /***********************************************************************
2974 `composition' property
2975 ***********************************************************************/
2976
2977 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2978 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2979
2980 static enum prop_handled
2981 handle_composition_prop (it)
2982 struct it *it;
2983 {
2984 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2985 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2986 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2987
2988 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2989 {
2990 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2991 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2992 string = it->string;
2993 }
2994 else
2995 {
2996 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2997 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2998 string = Qnil;
2999 }
3000
3001 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
3002 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
3003 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
3004 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
3005 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3006 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3007 {
3008 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3009
3010 if (id >= 0)
3011 {
3012 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3013 it->cmp_id = id;
3014 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3015 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3016 components. */
3017 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3018 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3019 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3020 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3021 it->stop_charpos = end;
3022 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3023 }
3024 }
3025
3026 return handled;
3027 }
3028
3029
3030 \f
3031 /***********************************************************************
3032 Overlay strings
3033 ***********************************************************************/
3034
3035 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3036 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3037
3038 struct overlay_entry
3039 {
3040 Lisp_Object overlay;
3041 Lisp_Object string;
3042 int priority;
3043 int after_string_p;
3044 };
3045
3046
3047 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3048 Called from handle_stop. */
3049
3050 static enum prop_handled
3051 handle_overlay_change (it)
3052 struct it *it;
3053 {
3054 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3055 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3056 else
3057 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3058 }
3059
3060
3061 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3062 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3063 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3064 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3065 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3066 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3067
3068 static void
3069 next_overlay_string (it)
3070 struct it *it;
3071 {
3072 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3073 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3074 {
3075 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3076 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3077 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3078 pop_it (it);
3079 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3080 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3081 it->string = Qnil;
3082 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3083 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3084 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3085 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3086
3087 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3088 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3089 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3090 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3091 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3092 }
3093 else
3094 {
3095 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3096 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3097 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3098 it. */
3099 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3100
3101 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3102 load_overlay_strings (it);
3103
3104 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3105 string. */
3106 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3107 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3108 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3109 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3110 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3111 }
3112
3113 CHECK_IT (it);
3114 }
3115
3116
3117 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3118 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3119 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3120
3121 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3122 when they come from the same overlay.
3123
3124 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3125 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3126
3127 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3128 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3129
3130 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3131
3132
3133 static int
3134 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3135 void *e1, *e2;
3136 {
3137 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3138 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3139 int result;
3140
3141 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3142 {
3143 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3144 they come from different overlays. */
3145 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3146 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3147 else
3148 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3149 }
3150 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3151 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3152 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3153 else
3154 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3155 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3156
3157 return result;
3158 }
3159
3160
3161 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3162 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3163 overlay strings found.
3164
3165 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3166 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3167 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3168 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3169 function.
3170
3171 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3172 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3173 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3174 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3175 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3176 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3177 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3178 in this case.
3179
3180 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3181 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3182 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3183 compare_overlay_entries. */
3184
3185 static void
3186 load_overlay_strings (it)
3187 struct it *it;
3188 {
3189 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3190 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3191 int start, end;
3192 int size = 20;
3193 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3194 struct overlay_entry *entries
3195 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3196 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3197
3198 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3199 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3200 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3201 OVERLAY. */
3202 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3203 do \
3204 { \
3205 Lisp_Object priority; \
3206 \
3207 if (n == size) \
3208 { \
3209 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3210 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3211 entries = \
3212 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3213 * sizeof *entries); \
3214 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3215 size = new_size; \
3216 } \
3217 \
3218 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3219 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3220 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3221 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3222 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3223 ++n; \
3224 } \
3225 while (0)
3226
3227 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3228 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3229 {
3230 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3231 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3232 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3233 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3234
3235 if (end < charpos)
3236 break;
3237
3238 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3239 position. */
3240 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3241 continue;
3242
3243 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3244 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3245 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3246 continue;
3247
3248 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3249 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3250 end position are indistinguishable. */
3251 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3252 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3253
3254 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3255 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3256 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3257 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3258 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3259
3260 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3261 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3262 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3263 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3264 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3265 }
3266
3267 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3268 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3269 {
3270 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3271 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3272 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3273 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3274
3275 if (start > charpos)
3276 break;
3277
3278 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3279 position. */
3280 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3281 continue;
3282
3283 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3284 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3285 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3286 continue;
3287
3288 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3289 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3290 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3291 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3292
3293 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3294 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3295 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3296 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3297 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3298
3299 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3300 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3301 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3302 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3303 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3304 }
3305
3306 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3307
3308 /* Sort entries. */
3309 if (n > 1)
3310 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3311
3312 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3313 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3314
3315 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3316 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3317 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3318 i = 0;
3319 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3320 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3321 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3322
3323 CHECK_IT (it);
3324 }
3325
3326
3327 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3328 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3329 found. */
3330
3331 static int
3332 get_overlay_strings (it)
3333 struct it *it;
3334 {
3335 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3336 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3337 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3338 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3339 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3340 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3341 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3342 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3343 load_overlay_strings (it);
3344
3345 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3346 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3347 from current_buffer. */
3348 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3349 {
3350 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3351 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3352 strings. */
3353 compute_stop_pos (it);
3354 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3355
3356 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3357 strings have been processed. */
3358 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3359 push_it (it);
3360
3361 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3362 string. */
3363 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3364 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3365 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3366 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3367 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3368 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3369 }
3370 else
3371 {
3372 it->string = Qnil;
3373 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3374 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3375 }
3376
3377 CHECK_IT (it);
3378
3379 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3380 return STRINGP (it->string);
3381 }
3382
3383
3384 \f
3385 /***********************************************************************
3386 Saving and restoring state
3387 ***********************************************************************/
3388
3389 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3390 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3391 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3392 processed. */
3393
3394 static void
3395 push_it (it)
3396 struct it *it;
3397 {
3398 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3399
3400 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3401 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3402
3403 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3404 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3405 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3406 p->string = it->string;
3407 p->pos = it->current;
3408 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3409 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3410 p->area = it->area;
3411 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3412 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3413 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3414 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3415 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3416 ++it->sp;
3417 }
3418
3419
3420 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3421 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3422 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3423 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3424 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3425
3426 static void
3427 pop_it (it)
3428 struct it *it;
3429 {
3430 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3431
3432 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3433 --it->sp;
3434 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3435 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3436 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3437 it->string = p->string;
3438 it->current = p->pos;
3439 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3440 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3441 it->area = p->area;
3442 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3443 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3444 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3445 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3446 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3447 }
3448
3449
3450 \f
3451 /***********************************************************************
3452 Moving over lines
3453 ***********************************************************************/
3454
3455 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3456
3457 static void
3458 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3459 struct it *it;
3460 {
3461 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3462 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3463 }
3464
3465
3466 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3467
3468 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3469 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3470 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3471 of *SKIPPED_P.
3472
3473 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3474 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3475 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3476
3477 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3478 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3479 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3480 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3481 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3482 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3483
3484 static int
3485 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3486 struct it *it;
3487 int *skipped_p;
3488 {
3489 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3490 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3491
3492 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3493 skipping over invisible text below. */
3494 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n')
3495 {
3496 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3497 it->c = 0;
3498 return 1;
3499 }
3500
3501 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3502 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3503 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3504 calls this function. */
3505 old_selective = it->selective;
3506 it->selective = 0;
3507
3508 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3509 from buffer text. */
3510 for (n = newline_found_p = 0;
3511 !newline_found_p && n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE;
3512 n += STRINGP (it->string) ? 0 : 1)
3513 {
3514 get_next_display_element (it);
3515 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3516 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3517 }
3518
3519 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3520 short-cut. */
3521 if (n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3522 {
3523 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3524 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3525 Lisp_Object pos;
3526
3527 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3528
3529 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3530 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3531 buffer text. */
3532 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3533 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3534 Qdisplay,
3535 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3536 NILP (pos))
3537 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3538 {
3539 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3540 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3541 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3542 }
3543 else
3544 {
3545 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3546 && !newline_found_p)
3547 {
3548 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3549 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3550 }
3551 }
3552 }
3553
3554 it->selective = old_selective;
3555 xassert (!newline_found_p || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3556 return newline_found_p;
3557 }
3558
3559
3560 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3561 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3562 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3563 IT->hpos. */
3564
3565 static void
3566 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3567 struct it *it;
3568 {
3569 int visible_p = 0;
3570
3571 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3572 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3573 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3574
3575 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3576 or text properties. */
3577 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3578 && !visible_p)
3579 {
3580 visible_p = 1;
3581
3582 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3583 are invisible. */
3584 if (it->selective > 0
3585 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3586 it->selective))
3587 visible_p = 0;
3588 else
3589 {
3590 Lisp_Object prop;
3591
3592 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3593 Qinvisible, it->window);
3594 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3595 visible_p = 0;
3596 }
3597
3598 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3599 if (!visible_p)
3600 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3601 }
3602
3603 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3604 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3605 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3606 CHECK_IT (it);
3607 }
3608
3609
3610 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3611 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3612 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3613 face information etc. */
3614
3615 static void
3616 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3617 struct it *it;
3618 {
3619 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3620 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3621 CHECK_IT (it);
3622 }
3623
3624
3625 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3626 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3627 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3628 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3629 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3630 is invisible because of text properties. */
3631
3632 static void
3633 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3634 struct it *it;
3635 int on_newline_p;
3636 {
3637 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3638
3639 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3640
3641 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3642 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3643 if (it->selective > 0)
3644 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3645 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3646 it->selective))
3647 {
3648 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3649 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3650 }
3651
3652 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3653 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3654 {
3655 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3656 {
3657 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3658 {
3659 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3660 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3661 }
3662 }
3663 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3664 {
3665 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3666 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3667 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3668 }
3669 }
3670 else if (skipped_p)
3671 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3672
3673 CHECK_IT (it);
3674 }
3675
3676
3677 \f
3678 /***********************************************************************
3679 Changing an iterator's position
3680 ***********************************************************************/
3681
3682 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3683 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3684 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3685 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3686
3687 static void
3688 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3689 struct it *it;
3690 struct text_pos pos;
3691 int force_p;
3692 {
3693 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3694
3695 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3696
3697 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3698 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3699 if (force_p
3700 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3701 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3702 handle_stop (it);
3703
3704 CHECK_IT (it);
3705 }
3706
3707
3708 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3709 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3710
3711 static void
3712 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3713 struct it *it;
3714 struct text_pos pos;
3715 int set_stop_p;
3716 {
3717 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3718 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3719
3720 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3721 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3722
3723 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3724 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3725 it->dpvec = NULL;
3726 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3727 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3728 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3729 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3730 it->string = Qnil;
3731 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3732 it->sp = 0;
3733 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3734
3735 if (set_stop_p)
3736 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3737 }
3738
3739
3740 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3741 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3742 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3743
3744 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3745 characters from the string.
3746
3747 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3748 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3749 field width.
3750
3751 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3752 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3753 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3754
3755 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3756 calling this function. */
3757
3758 static void
3759 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3760 struct it *it;
3761 unsigned char *s;
3762 Lisp_Object string;
3763 int charpos;
3764 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3765 {
3766 /* No region in strings. */
3767 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3768
3769 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3770 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3771
3772 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3773 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3774 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3775 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3776 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3777
3778 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3779 if (multibyte >= 0)
3780 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3781
3782 if (s == NULL)
3783 {
3784 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3785 it->string = string;
3786 it->s = NULL;
3787 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3788 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3789 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3790 }
3791 else
3792 {
3793 it->s = s;
3794 it->string = Qnil;
3795
3796 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3797 for displaying C strings. */
3798 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3799 if (it->multibyte_p)
3800 {
3801 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3802 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3803 }
3804 else
3805 {
3806 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3807 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3808 }
3809
3810 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3811 }
3812
3813 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3814 from the string. */
3815 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3816 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3817
3818 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3819 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3820 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3821 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3822 if (field_width < 0)
3823 field_width = INFINITY;
3824 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3825 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3826
3827 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3828 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3829 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3830
3831 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3832 CHECK_IT (it);
3833 }
3834
3835
3836 \f
3837 /***********************************************************************
3838 Iteration
3839 ***********************************************************************/
3840
3841 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3842 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3843 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3844
3845 int
3846 get_next_display_element (it)
3847 struct it *it;
3848 {
3849 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3850 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3851 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3852 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3853 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3854
3855 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3856 {
3857 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3858 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3859 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3860 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3861 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3862 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3863 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3864 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3865 it? */
3866 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3867 {
3868 Lisp_Object dv;
3869
3870 if (it->dp
3871 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3872 VECTORP (dv)))
3873 {
3874 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3875
3876 /* Return the first character from the display table
3877 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3878 current character. */
3879 if (v->size)
3880 {
3881 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3882 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3883 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3884 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3885 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3886 }
3887
3888 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3889 }
3890
3891 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3892 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3893 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3894 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3895 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3896
3897 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3898 octal form. */
3899 else if ((it->c < ' '
3900 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3901 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3902 || (it->c >= 127
3903 && it->len == 1)
3904 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3905 {
3906 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3907 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3908 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3909 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3910 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3911 GLYPH g;
3912
3913 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3914 {
3915 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3916 if (it->dp
3917 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3918 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3919 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3920 else
3921 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3922 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3923
3924 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3925 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3926
3927 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3928 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3929 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3930 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3931 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3932 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3933 get_next_display_element (it);
3934 }
3935 else
3936 {
3937 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3938 int len;
3939 int i;
3940 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3941
3942 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3943 if (it->dp
3944 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3945 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3946 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3947 else
3948 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3949
3950 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3951 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3952 else
3953 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3954
3955 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3956 {
3957 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3958 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3959 the octal display of the character. */
3960 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3961 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3962 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3963 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3964 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3965 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3966 }
3967
3968 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3969 from it. */
3970 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3971 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3972 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3973 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3974 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3975 get_next_display_element (it);
3976 }
3977 }
3978 }
3979
3980 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
3981 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
3982 if (it->multibyte_p
3983 && success_p
3984 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
3985 {
3986 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3987 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
3988 }
3989 }
3990
3991 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3992 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3993 if (it->face_box_p
3994 && it->s == NULL)
3995 {
3996 int face_id;
3997 struct face *face;
3998
3999 it->end_of_box_run_p
4000 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
4001 face_id != it->face_id)
4002 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
4003 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
4004 }
4005
4006 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4007 return success_p;
4008 }
4009
4010
4011 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4012
4013 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4014 skip to the next visible line start.
4015
4016 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4017 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4018 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4019 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4020 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4021 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4022 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4023 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4024 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4025
4026 void
4027 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4028 struct it *it;
4029 int reseat_p;
4030 {
4031 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4032 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4033 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4034 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4035
4036 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4037 {
4038 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4039 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4040 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4041 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4042 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4043 else
4044 {
4045 xassert (it->len != 0);
4046 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4047 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4048 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4049 }
4050 }
4051 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4052 {
4053 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4054 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4055 {
4056 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4057 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4058 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4059 goto consider_string_end;
4060 }
4061 else
4062 {
4063 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4064 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4065 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4066 }
4067 }
4068 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4069 {
4070 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4071 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4072 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4073 }
4074 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4075 {
4076 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4077 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4078 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4079 strings. */
4080 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4081
4082 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4083 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4084 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4085
4086 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4087 {
4088 if (it->s)
4089 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4090 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4091 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4092 else
4093 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4094
4095 it->dpvec = NULL;
4096 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4097
4098 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4099 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4100 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4101 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4102 {
4103 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4104 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4105 }
4106 }
4107 }
4108 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4109 {
4110 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4111 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4112 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4113 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4114
4115 consider_string_end:
4116
4117 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4118 {
4119 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4120 next, if there is one. */
4121 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4122 next_overlay_string (it);
4123 }
4124 else
4125 {
4126 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4127 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4128 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4129 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4130 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4131 && it->sp > 0)
4132 {
4133 pop_it (it);
4134 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4135 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4136 }
4137 }
4138 }
4139 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4140 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4141 {
4142 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4143 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4144 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4145 pop_it (it);
4146 it->image_id = 0;
4147 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4148 {
4149 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4150 goto consider_string_end;
4151 }
4152 else
4153 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4154 }
4155 else
4156 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4157 abort ();
4158
4159 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4160 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4161 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4162 }
4163
4164
4165 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4166 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4167 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4168 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4169
4170 static int
4171 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4172 struct it *it;
4173 {
4174 /* Precondition. */
4175 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4176
4177 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4178 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4179 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4180
4181 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4182 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4183 {
4184 int lface_id;
4185 GLYPH g;
4186
4187 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4188 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4189 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4190
4191 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4192 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4193 zero means no face is specified. */
4194 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4195 if (lface_id)
4196 {
4197 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4198 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4199 if (face_id >= 0)
4200 it->face_id = face_id;
4201 }
4202 }
4203 else
4204 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4205 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4206
4207 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4208 still the values of the character that had this display table
4209 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4210 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4211 return 1;
4212 }
4213
4214
4215 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4216 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4217 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4218 overlay string. */
4219
4220 static int
4221 next_element_from_string (it)
4222 struct it *it;
4223 {
4224 struct text_pos position;
4225
4226 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4227 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4228 position = it->current.string_pos;
4229
4230 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4231 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4232 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4233 {
4234 handle_stop (it);
4235
4236 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4237 recurse here. */
4238 return get_next_display_element (it);
4239 }
4240
4241 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4242 {
4243 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4244 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4245 do. */
4246 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4247 {
4248 it->what = IT_EOB;
4249 return 0;
4250 }
4251 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4252 {
4253 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4254 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4255 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4256 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4257 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4258 }
4259 else
4260 {
4261 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4262 it->len = 1;
4263 }
4264 }
4265 else
4266 {
4267 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4268 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4269 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4270 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4271 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4272 {
4273 it->what = IT_EOB;
4274 return 0;
4275 }
4276 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4277 {
4278 /* Pad with spaces. */
4279 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4280 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4281 }
4282 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4283 {
4284 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4285 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4286 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4287 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4288 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4289 }
4290 else
4291 {
4292 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4293 it->len = 1;
4294 }
4295 }
4296
4297 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4298 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4299 string position. */
4300 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4301 it->object = it->string;
4302 it->position = position;
4303 return 1;
4304 }
4305
4306
4307 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4308 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4309 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4310 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4311 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4312 reached, including padding spaces. */
4313
4314 static int
4315 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4316 struct it *it;
4317 {
4318 int success_p = 1;
4319
4320 xassert (it->s);
4321 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4322 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4323 it->object = Qnil;
4324
4325 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4326 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4327 initialized. */
4328 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4329 {
4330 /* End of the game. */
4331 it->what = IT_EOB;
4332 success_p = 0;
4333 }
4334 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4335 {
4336 /* Pad with spaces. */
4337 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4338 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4339 }
4340 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4341 {
4342 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4343 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4344 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4345 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4346 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4347 maxlen, &it->len);
4348 }
4349 else
4350 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4351
4352 return success_p;
4353 }
4354
4355
4356 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4357 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4358 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4359 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4360
4361 static int
4362 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4363 struct it *it;
4364 {
4365 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4366 {
4367 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4368 {
4369 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4370 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4371 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4372 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4373 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4374 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4375 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4376 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4377 }
4378 else
4379 {
4380 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4381 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4382 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4383 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4384 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4385 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4386 }
4387 }
4388 else
4389 {
4390 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4391 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4392 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4393 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4394 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4395 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4396 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4397 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4398 }
4399
4400 return get_next_display_element (it);
4401 }
4402
4403
4404 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4405 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4406 is always 1. */
4407
4408
4409 static int
4410 next_element_from_image (it)
4411 struct it *it;
4412 {
4413 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4414 return 1;
4415 }
4416
4417
4418 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4419 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4420 always 1. */
4421
4422 static int
4423 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4424 struct it *it;
4425 {
4426 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4427 return 1;
4428 }
4429
4430
4431 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4432 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4433 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4434 end. */
4435
4436 static int
4437 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4438 struct it *it;
4439 {
4440 int success_p = 1;
4441
4442 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4443 if-statement, below. */
4444 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4445 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4446
4447 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4448 {
4449 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4450 {
4451 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4452
4453 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4454 haven't been returned yet. */
4455 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4456 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4457 else
4458 {
4459 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4460 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4461 }
4462
4463 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4464 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4465 else
4466 {
4467 it->what = IT_EOB;
4468 it->position = it->current.pos;
4469 success_p = 0;
4470 }
4471 }
4472 else
4473 {
4474 handle_stop (it);
4475 return get_next_display_element (it);
4476 }
4477 }
4478 else
4479 {
4480 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4481 character from current_buffer. */
4482 unsigned char *p;
4483
4484 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4485 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4486 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4487 && it->glyph_row
4488 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4489 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4490
4491 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4492 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4493 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4494 {
4495 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4496 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4497 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4498 }
4499 else
4500 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4501
4502 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4503 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4504 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4505 it->position = it->current.pos;
4506
4507 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4508 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4509 if (it->selective)
4510 {
4511 if (it->c == '\n')
4512 {
4513 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4514 than that number of columns. */
4515 if (it->selective > 0
4516 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4517 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4518 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4519 it->selective))
4520 {
4521 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4522 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4523 }
4524 }
4525 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4526 {
4527 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4528 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4529 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4530 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4531 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4532 }
4533 }
4534 }
4535
4536 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4537 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4538 return success_p;
4539 }
4540
4541
4542 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4543
4544 static void
4545 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4546 struct it *it;
4547 {
4548 Lisp_Object args[3];
4549
4550 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4551 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4552 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4553
4554 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4555 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4556 args[1] = it->window;
4557 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4558 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4559
4560 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4561 them again, even if they get an error. */
4562 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4563 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4564
4565 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4566 handle_face_prop (it);
4567 }
4568
4569
4570 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4571 filled with composition information (done in
4572 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4573
4574 static int
4575 next_element_from_composition (it)
4576 struct it *it;
4577 {
4578 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4579 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4580 ? it->current.string_pos
4581 : it->current.pos);
4582 return 1;
4583 }
4584
4585
4586 \f
4587 /***********************************************************************
4588 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4589 ***********************************************************************/
4590
4591 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4592 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4593
4594 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4595 whichever is reached first.
4596
4597 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4598
4599 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4600 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4601 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4602 scrolled.
4603
4604 Value is
4605
4606 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4607 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4608
4609 MOVE_X_REACHED
4610 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4611
4612 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4613 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4614 be continued.
4615
4616 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4617 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4618 truncated.
4619
4620 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4621 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4622 display is on. */
4623
4624 static enum move_it_result
4625 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4626 struct it *it;
4627 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4628 {
4629 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4630 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4631
4632 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4633 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4634 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4635
4636 while (1)
4637 {
4638 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4639
4640 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4641 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4642 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4643 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4644 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4645 {
4646 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4647 break;
4648 }
4649
4650 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4651 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4652 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4653 fit on the line. */
4654 x = it->current_x;
4655
4656 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4657 fit on the line. */
4658 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4659 {
4660 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4661 descent = it->max_descent;
4662 }
4663
4664 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4665
4666 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4667 {
4668 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4669 continue;
4670 }
4671
4672 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4673 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4674 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4675 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4676 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4677 composite character.
4678
4679 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4680 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4681 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4682 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4683 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4684 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4685 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4686 next line.
4687
4688 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4689 the same width. */
4690 if (it->nglyphs)
4691 {
4692 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4693 glyphs have the same width. */
4694 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4695 int new_x;
4696
4697 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4698 {
4699 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4700
4701 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4702 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4703 {
4704 it->current_x = x;
4705 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4706 break;
4707 }
4708 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4709 !it->truncate_lines_p
4710 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4711 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4712 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4713 system frame. */
4714 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4715 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4716 {
4717 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4718 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4719 it->hpos == 0
4720 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4721 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4722 {
4723 ++it->hpos;
4724 it->current_x = new_x;
4725 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4726 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4727 }
4728 else
4729 {
4730 it->current_x = x;
4731 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4732 it->max_descent = descent;
4733 }
4734
4735 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4736 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4737 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4738 break;
4739 }
4740 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4741 {
4742 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4743 would be displayed. */
4744 ++it->hpos;
4745 }
4746 else
4747 {
4748 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4749 area. Nothing to do. */
4750 }
4751 }
4752
4753 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4754 break;
4755 }
4756 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4757 {
4758 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4759 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4760 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4761 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4762 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4763 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4764 break;
4765 }
4766
4767 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4768 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4769 {
4770 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4771 break;
4772 }
4773
4774 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4775 to the next. */
4776 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4777
4778 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4779 past the right edge of the window now. */
4780 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4781 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4782 {
4783 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4784 break;
4785 }
4786 }
4787
4788 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4789 function. */
4790 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4791 return result;
4792 }
4793
4794
4795 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4796 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4797 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4798
4799 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4800 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4801 TO_CHARPOS. */
4802
4803 void
4804 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4805 struct it *it;
4806 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4807 int op;
4808 {
4809 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4810 int line_height;
4811 int reached = 0;
4812
4813 for (;;)
4814 {
4815 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4816 {
4817 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4818 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4819 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4820 {
4821 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4822 {
4823 reached = 1;
4824 break;
4825 }
4826 else
4827 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4828 }
4829 else
4830 {
4831 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4832 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4833 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4834 {
4835 reached = 2;
4836 break;
4837 }
4838
4839 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4840
4841 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4842 {
4843 reached = 3;
4844 break;
4845 }
4846 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4847 {
4848 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4849 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4850 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4851 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4852 {
4853 reached = 4;
4854 break;
4855 }
4856 }
4857 }
4858 }
4859 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4860 {
4861 struct it it_backup;
4862
4863 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4864 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4865 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4866 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4867 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4868 TO_X.
4869
4870 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4871 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4872 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4873 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4874 to happen. */
4875 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4876 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4877 ? to_x : 0),
4878 (MOVE_TO_X
4879 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4880
4881 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4882 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4883 {
4884 reached = 5;
4885 break;
4886 }
4887
4888 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4889 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4890 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4891 the line. */
4892 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4893 {
4894 it_backup = *it;
4895 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4896 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4897 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4898 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4899 }
4900
4901 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4902 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4903 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4904
4905 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4906 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4907 {
4908 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4909 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4910 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4911 to the ones before skipping. */
4912 *it = it_backup;
4913 reached = 6;
4914 }
4915 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4916 {
4917 skip = skip2;
4918 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4919 reached = 7;
4920 }
4921
4922 if (reached)
4923 break;
4924 }
4925 else
4926 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4927
4928 switch (skip)
4929 {
4930 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4931 reached = 8;
4932 goto out;
4933
4934 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4935 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4936 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4937 break;
4938
4939 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4940 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4941 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4942 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4943 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4944 {
4945 reached = 9;
4946 goto out;
4947 }
4948 break;
4949
4950 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4951 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4952 break;
4953
4954 default:
4955 abort ();
4956 }
4957
4958 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4959 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4960 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4961 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4962 ++it->vpos;
4963 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4964 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4965 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4966 }
4967
4968 out:
4969
4970 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
4971 }
4972
4973
4974 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4975
4976 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4977 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4978 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4979 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4980 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4981
4982 void
4983 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4984 struct it *it;
4985 int dy;
4986 {
4987 int nlines, h, line_height;
4988 struct it it2;
4989 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4990
4991 xassert (dy >= 0);
4992
4993 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4994 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4995
4996 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4997 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4998 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4999
5000 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
5001 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
5002 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
5003 use reseat_1 here. */
5004 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5005
5006 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5007 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5008
5009 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5010 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5011 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5012 y-distance. */
5013 it2 = *it;
5014 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5015 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5016 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5017 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5018 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5019
5020 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5021 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5022 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5023 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5024
5025 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5026 it->vpos -= nlines;
5027 it->current_y -= h;
5028
5029 if (dy == 0)
5030 {
5031 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5032 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5033 if (nlines > 0)
5034 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5035 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5036 }
5037 else if (nlines)
5038 {
5039 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5040 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5041 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5042
5043 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5044 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5045 if (target_y < it->current_y
5046 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5047 {
5048 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5049 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5050 }
5051 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5052 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5053 {
5054 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5055 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5056 }
5057 }
5058 }
5059
5060
5061 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5062 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5063 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5064
5065 void
5066 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5067 struct it *it;
5068 int dy;
5069 {
5070 if (dy <= 0)
5071 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5072 else if (dy > 0)
5073 {
5074 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5075 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5076 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5077 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5078
5079 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5080 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5081 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5082 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5083 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5084 }
5085 }
5086
5087
5088 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5089
5090 void
5091 move_it_past_eol (it)
5092 struct it *it;
5093 {
5094 enum move_it_result rc;
5095
5096 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5097 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5098 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5099 }
5100
5101
5102 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5103
5104 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5105 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5106 property lookup. */
5107
5108 static int
5109 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5110 struct it *it;
5111 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5112 {
5113 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5114 int invisible_found_p;
5115
5116 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5117
5118 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5119 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5120 it->window);
5121 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5122 invisible_found_p = 1;
5123 else
5124 {
5125 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5126 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5127 make_number (end_charpos));
5128 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5129 }
5130
5131 return invisible_found_p;
5132 }
5133
5134 #endif /* 0 */
5135
5136
5137 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5138 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5139 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5140 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5141
5142 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5143 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5144 truncate-lines nil. */
5145
5146 void
5147 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5148 struct it *it;
5149 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5150 {
5151 struct position pos;
5152
5153 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5154 {
5155 struct text_pos textpos;
5156
5157 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5158 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5159 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5160 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5161 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5162 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5163 }
5164 else if (dvpos == 0)
5165 {
5166 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5167 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5168 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5169 }
5170 else if (dvpos > 0)
5171 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5172 else
5173 {
5174 struct it it2;
5175 int start_charpos, i;
5176
5177 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5178 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5179 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5180 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5181 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5182 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5183
5184 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5185 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5186 it2 = *it;
5187 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5188 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5189 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5190 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5191 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5192
5193 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5194 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5195 {
5196 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5197 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5198 }
5199 }
5200 }
5201
5202
5203 \f
5204 /***********************************************************************
5205 Messages
5206 ***********************************************************************/
5207
5208
5209 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5210 to *Messages*. */
5211
5212 void
5213 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5214 char *format;
5215 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5216 {
5217 Lisp_Object args[3];
5218 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5219 char *buffer;
5220 int len;
5221 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5222
5223 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5224 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5225
5226 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5227 args[1] = arg1;
5228 args[2] = arg2;
5229 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5230
5231 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5232 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5233 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5234
5235 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5236 UNGCPRO;
5237 }
5238
5239
5240 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5241
5242 void
5243 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5244 {
5245 if (message_log_need_newline)
5246 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5247 }
5248
5249
5250 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
5251 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5252 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5253 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5254 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5255
5256 void
5257 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
5258 char *m;
5259 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
5260 {
5261 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5262 {
5263 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5264 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5265 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5266 int point_at_end = 0;
5267 int zv_at_end = 0;
5268 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5269 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5270
5271 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5272 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5273 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5274 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5275
5276 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5277 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5278 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5279 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5280
5281 if (PT == Z)
5282 point_at_end = 1;
5283 if (ZV == Z)
5284 zv_at_end = 1;
5285
5286 BEGV = BEG;
5287 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5288 ZV = Z;
5289 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5290 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5291
5292 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5293 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5294 if (multibyte
5295 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5296 {
5297 int i, c, nbytes;
5298 unsigned char work[1];
5299
5300 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5301 for the *Message* buffer. */
5302 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
5303 {
5304 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
5305 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5306 ? c
5307 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5308 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5309 }
5310 }
5311 else if (! multibyte
5312 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5313 {
5314 int i, c, nbytes;
5315 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5316 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5317 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5318 for the *Message* buffer. */
5319 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5320 {
5321 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5322 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5323 insert_1_both (str, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5324 }
5325 }
5326 else if (len)
5327 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
5328
5329 if (nlflag)
5330 {
5331 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5332 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5333
5334 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5335 this_bol = PT;
5336 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5337
5338 if (this_bol > BEG)
5339 {
5340 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5341 prev_bol = PT;
5342 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5343
5344 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5345 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5346 if (dup)
5347 {
5348 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5349 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5350 if (dup > 1)
5351 {
5352 char dupstr[40];
5353 int duplen;
5354
5355 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5356 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5357 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5358 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5359 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5360 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5361 }
5362 }
5363 }
5364
5365 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5366 {
5367 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5368 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5369 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5370 }
5371 }
5372 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5373 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5374
5375 if (zv_at_end)
5376 {
5377 ZV = Z;
5378 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5379 }
5380 else
5381 {
5382 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5383 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5384 }
5385
5386 if (point_at_end)
5387 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5388 else
5389 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5390 Lisp code. */
5391 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5392 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5393
5394 UNGCPRO;
5395 free_marker (oldpoint);
5396 free_marker (oldbegv);
5397 free_marker (oldzv);
5398
5399 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5400 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5401 if (NILP (tem))
5402 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5403 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5404 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5405 }
5406 }
5407
5408
5409 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5410 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5411 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5412 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5413 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5414
5415 static int
5416 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5417 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5418 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5419 {
5420 int i;
5421 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5422 int seen_dots = 0;
5423 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5424 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5425
5426 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5427 {
5428 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5429 seen_dots = 1;
5430 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5431 return seen_dots;
5432 }
5433 p1 += len;
5434 if (*p1 == '\n')
5435 return 2;
5436 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5437 {
5438 int n = 0;
5439 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5440 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5441 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5442 return n+1;
5443 }
5444 return 0;
5445 }
5446
5447
5448 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
5449 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5450 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5451
5452 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5453 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5454 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5455 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5456
5457 void
5458 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
5459 char *m;
5460 int len;
5461 int multibyte;
5462 {
5463 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5464 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5465 if (m)
5466 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
5467 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
5468 }
5469
5470
5471 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5472
5473 void
5474 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
5475 char *m;
5476 int len;
5477 {
5478 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5479 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5480
5481 if (noninteractive)
5482 {
5483 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5484 putc ('\n', stderr);
5485 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5486 if (m)
5487 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
5488 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5489 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5490 fflush (stderr);
5491 }
5492 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5493 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5494 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5495 else if (INTERACTIVE
5496 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5497 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5498 {
5499 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5500 struct frame *f;
5501
5502 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5503 that the selected frame is using. */
5504 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5505 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5506
5507 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5508 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5509 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5510 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5511
5512 if (m)
5513 {
5514 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
5515 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5516 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5517 }
5518 else
5519 clear_message (1, 1);
5520
5521 do_pending_window_change (0);
5522 echo_area_display (1);
5523 do_pending_window_change (0);
5524 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5525 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5526 }
5527 }
5528
5529
5530 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5531 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5532 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5533 text show through. */
5534
5535 void
5536 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5537 Lisp_Object m;
5538 int nbytes;
5539 int multibyte;
5540 {
5541 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5542
5543 GCPRO1 (m);
5544
5545 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5546 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5547 if (STRINGP (m))
5548 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5549 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5550
5551 UNGCPRO;
5552 }
5553
5554
5555 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5556
5557 void
5558 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5559 Lisp_Object m;
5560 int nbytes, multibyte;
5561 {
5562 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5563 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5564
5565 if (noninteractive)
5566 {
5567 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5568 putc ('\n', stderr);
5569 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5570 if (STRINGP (m))
5571 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5572 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5573 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5574 fflush (stderr);
5575 }
5576 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5577 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5578 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5579 else if (INTERACTIVE
5580 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5581 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5582 {
5583 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5584 Lisp_Object frame;
5585 struct frame *f;
5586
5587 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5588 that the selected frame is using. */
5589 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5590 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5591 f = XFRAME (frame);
5592
5593 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5594 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5595 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5596 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5597
5598 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5599 {
5600 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5601 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5602 Fraise_frame (frame);
5603 }
5604 else
5605 clear_message (1, 1);
5606
5607 do_pending_window_change (0);
5608 echo_area_display (1);
5609 do_pending_window_change (0);
5610 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5611 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5612 }
5613 }
5614
5615
5616 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5617 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5618
5619 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5620 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5621 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5622 that was alloca'd. */
5623
5624 void
5625 message1 (m)
5626 char *m;
5627 {
5628 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5629 }
5630
5631
5632 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5633
5634 void
5635 message1_nolog (m)
5636 char *m;
5637 {
5638 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5639 }
5640
5641 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5642 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5643
5644 void
5645 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5646 char *m;
5647 Lisp_Object string;
5648 int log;
5649 {
5650 if (noninteractive)
5651 {
5652 if (m)
5653 {
5654 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5655 putc ('\n', stderr);
5656 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5657 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5658 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5659 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5660 fflush (stderr);
5661 }
5662 }
5663 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5664 {
5665 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5666 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5667 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5668 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5669 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5670
5671 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5672 that the selected frame is using. */
5673 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5674 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5675
5676 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5677 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5678 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5679 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5680 {
5681 int len;
5682 char *a[1];
5683 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5684
5685 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5686 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5687
5688 if (log)
5689 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5690 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5691 else
5692 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5693 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5694
5695 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5696 buffer next time. */
5697 message_buf_print = 0;
5698 }
5699 }
5700 }
5701
5702
5703 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5704 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5705
5706 /* VARARGS 1 */
5707 void
5708 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5709 char *m;
5710 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5711 {
5712 if (noninteractive)
5713 {
5714 if (m)
5715 {
5716 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5717 putc ('\n', stderr);
5718 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5719 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5720 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5721 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5722 fflush (stderr);
5723 }
5724 }
5725 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5726 {
5727 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5728 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5729 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5730 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5731 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5732
5733 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5734 that the selected frame is using. */
5735 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5736 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5737
5738 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5739 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5740 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5741 it. */
5742 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5743 {
5744 if (m)
5745 {
5746 int len;
5747 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5748 char *a[3];
5749 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5750 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5751 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5752
5753 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5754 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5755 #else
5756 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5757 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5758 (char **) &a1);
5759 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5760
5761 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5762 }
5763 else
5764 message1 (0);
5765
5766 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5767 buffer next time. */
5768 message_buf_print = 0;
5769 }
5770 }
5771 }
5772
5773
5774 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5775
5776 void
5777 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5778 char *m;
5779 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5780 {
5781 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5782 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5783 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5784 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5785 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5786 }
5787
5788
5789 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5790 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5791 critical. */
5792
5793 void
5794 update_echo_area ()
5795 {
5796 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5797 {
5798 Lisp_Object string;
5799 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5800 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5801 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5802 }
5803 }
5804
5805
5806 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5807 aren't, make new ones. */
5808
5809 static void
5810 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5811 {
5812 int i;
5813
5814 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5815 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5816 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5817 {
5818 char name[30];
5819 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5820 int j;
5821
5822 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5823 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5824 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5825 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5826
5827 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5828 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5829 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5830 }
5831 }
5832
5833
5834 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5835 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5836
5837 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5838 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5839 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5840
5841 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5842 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5843
5844 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5845 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5846 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5847
5848 Value is what FN returns. */
5849
5850 static int
5851 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5852 struct window *w;
5853 int which;
5854 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5855 EMACS_INT a1;
5856 Lisp_Object a2;
5857 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5858 {
5859 Lisp_Object buffer;
5860 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5861 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
5862
5863 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5864 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5865
5866 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5867
5868 if (which == 0)
5869 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5870 else if (which > 0)
5871 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5872 else
5873 {
5874 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5875 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5876
5877 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5878 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5879 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5880 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5881 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5882 }
5883
5884 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5885 have one. */
5886 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5887 {
5888 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5889 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5890 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5891 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5892 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5893 }
5894
5895 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5896
5897 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5898 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5899
5900 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5901 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5902 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5903 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5904 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5905 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5906 aborts. */
5907 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5908 if (w)
5909 {
5910 w->buffer = buffer;
5911 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5912 }
5913
5914 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5915 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5916 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5917
5918 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5919 del_range (BEG, Z);
5920
5921 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5922 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5923
5924 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5925
5926 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5927 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5928
5929 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5930 return rc;
5931 }
5932
5933
5934 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5935 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5936
5937 static Lisp_Object
5938 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5939 struct window *w;
5940 {
5941 int i = 0;
5942 Lisp_Object vector;
5943
5944 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5945 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5946 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5947 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5948
5949 if (NILP (vector))
5950 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5951
5952 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5953 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5954 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5955
5956 if (w)
5957 {
5958 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5959 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5960 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5961 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5962 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5963 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5964 }
5965 else
5966 {
5967 int end = i + 4;
5968 while (i < end)
5969 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5970 }
5971
5972 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5973 return vector;
5974 }
5975
5976
5977 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5978 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5979
5980 static Lisp_Object
5981 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5982 Lisp_Object vector;
5983 {
5984 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
5985 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
5986 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
5987
5988 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
5989 {
5990 struct window *w;
5991 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5992
5993 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
5994 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
5995 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
5996 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
5997
5998 w->buffer = buffer;
5999 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
6000 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6001 }
6002
6003 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6004 return Qnil;
6005 }
6006
6007
6008 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6009 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6010
6011 void
6012 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6013 int multibyte_p;
6014 {
6015 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6016
6017 if (!message_buf_print)
6018 {
6019 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6020 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6021 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6022 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6023 else
6024 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6025
6026 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6027 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6028
6029 if (Z > BEG)
6030 {
6031 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6032 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6033 del_range (BEG, Z);
6034 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6035 }
6036 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6037
6038 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6039 if (multibyte_p
6040 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6041 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6042
6043 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6044 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6045 {
6046 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6047 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6048 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6049 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6050 }
6051
6052 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6053 message_buf_print = 1;
6054 }
6055 else
6056 {
6057 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6058 {
6059 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6060 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6061 else
6062 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6063 }
6064
6065 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6066 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6067 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6068 }
6069 }
6070
6071
6072 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6073 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6074 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6075 display the current message. */
6076
6077 static int
6078 display_echo_area (w)
6079 struct window *w;
6080 {
6081 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6082
6083 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6084 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6085 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6086 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6087 redisplay. */
6088 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6089
6090 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6091 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6092 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6093 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6094 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6095 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6096
6097 window_height_changed_p
6098 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6099 display_echo_area_1,
6100 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6101
6102 if (no_message_p)
6103 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6104
6105 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6106 return window_height_changed_p;
6107 }
6108
6109
6110 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6111 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6112 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6113 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6114 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6115
6116 static int
6117 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6118 EMACS_INT a1;
6119 Lisp_Object a2;
6120 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6121 {
6122 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6123 Lisp_Object window;
6124 struct text_pos start;
6125 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6126
6127 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6128 matrix for the display. */
6129 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6130
6131 /* Display. */
6132 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6133 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6134 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6135 try_window (window, start);
6136
6137 return window_height_changed_p;
6138 }
6139
6140
6141 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6142 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6143
6144 void
6145 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6146 {
6147 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6148 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6149 {
6150 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6151 int resized_p;
6152
6153 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6154 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6155 if (resized_p)
6156 {
6157 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6158 ++update_mode_lines;
6159 redisplay_internal (0);
6160 }
6161 }
6162 }
6163
6164
6165 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6166 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6167 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6168 returns. */
6169
6170 static int
6171 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6172 EMACS_INT a1;
6173 Lisp_Object a2;
6174 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6175 {
6176 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6177 }
6178
6179
6180 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6181 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6182 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6183 the window height has been changed. */
6184
6185 int
6186 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6187 struct window *w;
6188 int exact_p;
6189 {
6190 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6191 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6192
6193 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6194
6195 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6196 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6197 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6198 return 0;
6199
6200 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6201 {
6202 struct it it;
6203 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6204 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6205 int height, max_height;
6206 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6207 struct text_pos start;
6208 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6209
6210 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6211 {
6212 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6213 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6214 }
6215
6216 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6217
6218 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6219 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6220 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6221 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6222 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6223 else
6224 max_height = total_height / 4;
6225
6226 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6227 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6228 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6229
6230 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6231 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6232 height = 1;
6233 else
6234 {
6235 last_height = 0;
6236 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6237 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6238 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6239 else
6240 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6241 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6242 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6243 }
6244
6245 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6246 if (height > max_height)
6247 {
6248 height = max_height;
6249 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6250 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6251 start = it.current.pos;
6252 }
6253 else
6254 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6255 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6256
6257 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6258 {
6259 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6260 case the window shrinks again. */
6261 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6262 {
6263 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6264 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6265 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6266 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6267 }
6268 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6269 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6270 {
6271 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6272 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6273 shrink_mini_window (w);
6274 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6275 }
6276 }
6277 else
6278 {
6279 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6280 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6281 {
6282 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6283 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6284 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6285 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6286 }
6287 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6288 {
6289 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6290 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6291 shrink_mini_window (w);
6292
6293 if (height)
6294 {
6295 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6296 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6297 }
6298
6299 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6300 }
6301 }
6302
6303 if (old_current_buffer)
6304 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6305 }
6306
6307 return window_height_changed_p;
6308 }
6309
6310
6311 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6312 current message. */
6313
6314 Lisp_Object
6315 current_message ()
6316 {
6317 Lisp_Object msg;
6318
6319 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6320 msg = Qnil;
6321 else
6322 {
6323 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6324 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6325 if (NILP (msg))
6326 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6327 }
6328
6329 return msg;
6330 }
6331
6332
6333 static int
6334 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6335 EMACS_INT a1;
6336 Lisp_Object a2;
6337 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6338 {
6339 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6340
6341 if (Z > BEG)
6342 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6343 else
6344 *msg = Qnil;
6345 return 0;
6346 }
6347
6348
6349 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6350 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6351 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6352 worth optimizing. */
6353
6354 int
6355 push_message ()
6356 {
6357 Lisp_Object msg;
6358 msg = current_message ();
6359 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6360 return STRINGP (msg);
6361 }
6362
6363
6364 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6365
6366 Lisp_Object
6367 push_message_unwind (dummy)
6368 Lisp_Object dummy;
6369 {
6370 pop_message ();
6371 return Qnil;
6372 }
6373
6374
6375 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6376
6377 void
6378 restore_message ()
6379 {
6380 Lisp_Object msg;
6381
6382 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6383 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6384 if (STRINGP (msg))
6385 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6386 else
6387 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6388 }
6389
6390
6391 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6392
6393 void
6394 pop_message ()
6395 {
6396 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6397 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6398 }
6399
6400
6401 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6402 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6403 somewhere. */
6404
6405 void
6406 check_message_stack ()
6407 {
6408 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6409 abort ();
6410 }
6411
6412
6413 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6414 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6415
6416 void
6417 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6418 int nchars;
6419 {
6420 if (nchars == 0)
6421 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6422 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6423 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6424 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6425 else if (!noninteractive
6426 && INTERACTIVE
6427 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6428 {
6429 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6430 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6431 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6432 }
6433 }
6434
6435
6436 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6437 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6438
6439 static int
6440 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6441 EMACS_INT nchars;
6442 Lisp_Object a2;
6443 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6444 {
6445 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6446 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6447 if (Z == BEG)
6448 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6449 return 0;
6450 }
6451
6452
6453 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6454
6455 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6456 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6457 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6458
6459 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6460 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6461 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6462
6463 void
6464 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6465 char *s;
6466 Lisp_Object string;
6467 int nbytes;
6468 {
6469 message_enable_multibyte
6470 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6471 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6472
6473 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6474 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6475 message_buf_print = 0;
6476 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6477 }
6478
6479
6480 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6481 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6482 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6483 current. */
6484
6485 static int
6486 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6487 EMACS_INT a1;
6488 Lisp_Object a2;
6489 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6490 {
6491 char *s = (char *) a1;
6492 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6493
6494 xassert (BEG == Z);
6495
6496 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6497 if (message_enable_multibyte
6498 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6499 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6500
6501 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6502
6503 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6504 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6505
6506 if (STRINGP (string))
6507 {
6508 int nchars;
6509
6510 if (nbytes == 0)
6511 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6512 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6513
6514 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6515 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6516 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6517 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6518 }
6519 else if (s)
6520 {
6521 if (nbytes == 0)
6522 nbytes = strlen (s);
6523
6524 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6525 {
6526 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6527 int i, c, n;
6528 unsigned char work[1];
6529
6530 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6531 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6532 {
6533 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6534 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6535 ? c
6536 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6537 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6538 }
6539 }
6540 else if (!multibyte_p
6541 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6542 {
6543 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6544 int i, c, n;
6545 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6546 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6547
6548 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6549 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6550 {
6551 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6552 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6553 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6554 }
6555 }
6556 else
6557 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6558 }
6559
6560 return 0;
6561 }
6562
6563
6564 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6565 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6566 last displayed. */
6567
6568 void
6569 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6570 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6571 {
6572 if (current_p)
6573 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6574
6575 if (last_displayed_p)
6576 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6577
6578 message_buf_print = 0;
6579 }
6580
6581 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6582
6583 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6584 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6585 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6586 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6587 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6588 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6589
6590 static void
6591 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6592 {
6593 if (frame_garbaged)
6594 {
6595 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6596
6597 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6598 {
6599 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6600
6601 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6602 {
6603 clear_current_matrices (f);
6604 f->garbaged = 0;
6605 }
6606 }
6607
6608 frame_garbaged = 0;
6609 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6610 }
6611 }
6612
6613
6614 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6615 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6616 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6617
6618 static int
6619 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6620 int update_frame_p;
6621 {
6622 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6623 struct window *w;
6624 struct frame *f;
6625 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6626 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6627
6628 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6629 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6630 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6631
6632 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6633 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6634 return 0;
6635
6636 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6637 #ifndef macintosh
6638 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6639 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6640 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6641 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6642 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6643 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6644 return 0;
6645 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6646 #endif
6647
6648 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6649 if (frame_garbaged)
6650 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6651
6652 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6653 {
6654 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6655 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6656 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6657
6658 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6659 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6660 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6661 here could cause confusion. */
6662 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6663 {
6664 int n = 0;
6665
6666 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6667 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6668 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6669 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6670 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6671 if (!display_completed)
6672 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6673
6674 if (window_height_changed_p)
6675 {
6676 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
6677 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
6678 pending input. */
6679 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6680 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
6681 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6682 redisplay_internal (0);
6683 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6684 }
6685 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6686 {
6687 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6688 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6689 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6690 update_single_window (w, 1);
6691 rif->flush_display (f);
6692 }
6693 else
6694 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6695
6696 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6697 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6698 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6699 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6700 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6701 }
6702 }
6703 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6704 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6705
6706 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6707 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6708
6709 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6710 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6711 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6712 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6713 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6714
6715 return window_height_changed_p;
6716 }
6717
6718
6719 \f
6720 /***********************************************************************
6721 Frame Titles
6722 ***********************************************************************/
6723
6724
6725 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6726
6727 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6728 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6729
6730 static char *frame_title_buf;
6731
6732 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6733
6734 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6735 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6736
6737
6738 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6739 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6740
6741 static void
6742 store_frame_title_char (c)
6743 char c;
6744 {
6745 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6746 double the buffer's size. */
6747 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6748 {
6749 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6750 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6751 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6752 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6753 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6754 }
6755
6756 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6757 }
6758
6759
6760 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6761 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
6762 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
6763 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
6764 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
6765 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
6766 title. */
6767
6768 static int
6769 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6770 unsigned char *str;
6771 int field_width, precision;
6772 {
6773 int n = 0;
6774
6775 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6776 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
6777 && *str)
6778 {
6779 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6780 ++n;
6781 }
6782
6783 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6784 while (field_width > 0
6785 && n < field_width)
6786 {
6787 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6788 ++n;
6789 }
6790
6791 return n;
6792 }
6793
6794
6795 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6796 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6797 frame_title_format. */
6798
6799 static void
6800 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6801 Lisp_Object frame;
6802 {
6803 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6804
6805 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6806 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6807 || f->explicit_name)
6808 {
6809 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6810 Lisp_Object tail;
6811 Lisp_Object fmt;
6812 struct buffer *obuf;
6813 int len;
6814 struct it it;
6815
6816 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6817 {
6818 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6819
6820 if (tf != f
6821 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6822 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6823 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6824 break;
6825 }
6826
6827 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6828 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6829
6830 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6831 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6832 then display the title. */
6833 obuf = current_buffer;
6834 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6835 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6836 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6837 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6838 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6839 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6840 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6841 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6842
6843 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6844 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6845 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6846 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6847 higher level than this.) */
6848 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6849 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6850 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6851 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6852 }
6853 }
6854
6855 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6856
6857 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6858 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6859
6860 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6861
6862
6863
6864 \f
6865 /***********************************************************************
6866 Menu Bars
6867 ***********************************************************************/
6868
6869
6870 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6871 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6872
6873 void
6874 prepare_menu_bars ()
6875 {
6876 int all_windows;
6877 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6878 struct frame *f;
6879 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
6880
6881 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6882 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6883 #else
6884 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
6885 #endif
6886
6887 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6888 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6889 up-to-date frame titles. */
6890 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6891 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6892 {
6893 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6894
6895 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6896 {
6897 f = XFRAME (frame);
6898 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
6899 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6900 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6901 }
6902 }
6903 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6904
6905 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6906 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6907 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6908 || buffer_shared > 1
6909 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6910 if (all_windows)
6911 {
6912 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6913 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6914
6915 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6916
6917 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6918 {
6919 f = XFRAME (frame);
6920
6921 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6922 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
6923 continue;
6924
6925 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6926 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6927 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6928 {
6929 Lisp_Object functions;
6930
6931 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6932 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6933 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6934 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6935
6936 while (CONSP (functions))
6937 {
6938 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6939 functions = XCDR (functions);
6940 }
6941 UNGCPRO;
6942 }
6943
6944 GCPRO1 (tail);
6945 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6946 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6947 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6948 #endif
6949 UNGCPRO;
6950 }
6951
6952 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6953 }
6954 else
6955 {
6956 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6957 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6958 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6959 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6960 #endif
6961 }
6962
6963 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6964 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6965 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6966 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6967 #endif
6968 }
6969
6970
6971 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6972 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6973 eval.
6974
6975 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6976
6977 static void
6978 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6979 struct frame *f;
6980 int save_match_data;
6981 {
6982 Lisp_Object window;
6983 register struct window *w;
6984
6985 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6986 w = XWINDOW (window);
6987
6988 if (update_mode_lines)
6989 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6990
6991 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6992 ?
6993 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
6994 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6995 #else
6996 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6997 #endif
6998 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6999 {
7000 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7001 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7002 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7003 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7004 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7005 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7006 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7007 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7008 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7009 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7010 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7011 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7012 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7013 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7014 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7015 {
7016 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7017 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7018
7019 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7020 if (save_match_data)
7021 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7022 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7023 {
7024 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7025 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7026 }
7027
7028 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7029 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7030
7031 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7032 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7033 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7034 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7035
7036 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7037 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7038
7039 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7040 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7041 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7042 #if defined (macintosh)
7043 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7044 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7045 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7046 #endif
7047 )
7048 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7049 else
7050 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7051 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7052 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7053 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7054 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7055 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7056 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7057 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7058
7059 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7060 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7061 }
7062 }
7063 }
7064
7065
7066 \f
7067 /***********************************************************************
7068 Tool-bars
7069 ***********************************************************************/
7070
7071 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7072
7073 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7074 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7075 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7076 and restore it here. */
7077
7078 static void
7079 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7080 struct frame *f;
7081 int save_match_data;
7082 {
7083 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7084 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7085 {
7086 Lisp_Object window;
7087 struct window *w;
7088
7089 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7090 w = XWINDOW (window);
7091
7092 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7093 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7094 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7095 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7096 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7097 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7098 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7099 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7100 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7101 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7102 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7103 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7104 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7105 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7106 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7107 {
7108 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7109 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7110
7111 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7112 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7113 keymaps. */
7114 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7115
7116 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7117 if (save_match_data)
7118 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7119
7120 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7121 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7122 {
7123 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7124 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7125 }
7126
7127 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7128 f->tool_bar_items
7129 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7130
7131 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7132 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7133
7134 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7135 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7136 }
7137 }
7138 }
7139
7140
7141 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7142 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7143 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7144
7145 static void
7146 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7147 struct frame *f;
7148 {
7149 int i, size, size_needed;
7150 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7151 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7152
7153 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7154 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7155
7156 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7157 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7158
7159 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7160 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7161 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7162 : 0);
7163
7164 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
7165 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items;
7166
7167 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7168 if (size < size_needed)
7169 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7170 make_number (' '));
7171 else
7172 {
7173 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7174 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7175 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7176 }
7177
7178 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7179 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7180 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7181 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i)
7182 {
7183 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7184
7185 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7186 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7187 int hmargin, vmargin, relief, idx, end;
7188 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCconversion, Qimage;
7189 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7190
7191 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7192 button state. */
7193 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7194 if (VECTORP (image))
7195 {
7196 if (enabled_p)
7197 idx = (selected_p
7198 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7199 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7200 else
7201 idx = (selected_p
7202 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7203 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7204
7205 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7206 image = AREF (image, idx);
7207 }
7208 else
7209 idx = -1;
7210
7211 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7212 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7213 continue;
7214
7215 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7216 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7217
7218 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7219 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
7220 hmargin = vmargin = relief;
7221
7222 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)
7223 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0)
7224 {
7225 hmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7226 vmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7227 }
7228 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7229 {
7230 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7231 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7232 hmargin += XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7233
7234 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7235 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7236 vmargin += XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7237 }
7238
7239 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7240 {
7241 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7242 selected. */
7243 if (selected_p)
7244 {
7245 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7246 hmargin -= relief;
7247 vmargin -= relief;
7248 }
7249 }
7250 else
7251 {
7252 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7253 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7254 raised relief. */
7255 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7256 (selected_p
7257 ? make_number (-relief)
7258 : make_number (relief)));
7259 hmargin -= relief;
7260 vmargin -= relief;
7261 }
7262
7263 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7264 if (hmargin || vmargin)
7265 {
7266 if (hmargin == vmargin)
7267 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (hmargin));
7268 else
7269 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin,
7270 Fcons (make_number (hmargin),
7271 make_number (vmargin)));
7272 }
7273
7274 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7275 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7276 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7277 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7278 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCconversion, Qdisabled);
7279
7280 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7281 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7282 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7283 vector. */
7284 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7285 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7286 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS));
7287
7288 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
7289 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
7290 previous string. */
7291 if (i + 1 == f->n_tool_bar_items)
7292 end = XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size;
7293 else
7294 end = i + 1;
7295 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i), make_number (end),
7296 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7297 #undef PROP
7298 }
7299
7300 UNGCPRO;
7301 }
7302
7303
7304 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7305
7306 static void
7307 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7308 struct it *it;
7309 {
7310 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7311 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7312 struct glyph *last;
7313
7314 prepare_desired_row (row);
7315 row->y = it->current_y;
7316
7317 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7318 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7319 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7320
7321 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7322 {
7323 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7324
7325 /* Get the next display element. */
7326 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7327 break;
7328
7329 /* Produce glyphs. */
7330 x_before = it->current_x;
7331 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7332 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7333
7334 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7335 i = 0;
7336 x = x_before;
7337 while (i < nglyphs)
7338 {
7339 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7340
7341 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7342 {
7343 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7344 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7345 it->current_x = x;
7346 goto out;
7347 }
7348
7349 ++it->hpos;
7350 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7351 ++i;
7352 }
7353
7354 /* Stop at line ends. */
7355 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7356 break;
7357
7358 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7359 }
7360
7361 out:;
7362
7363 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7364 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7365 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7366 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7367 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7368 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7369 compute_line_metrics (it);
7370
7371 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7372 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7373 {
7374 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7375 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7376 }
7377
7378 row->full_width_p = 1;
7379 row->continued_p = 0;
7380 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7381 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7382
7383 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7384 it->current_y += row->height;
7385 ++it->vpos;
7386 ++it->glyph_row;
7387 }
7388
7389
7390 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7391 items of frame F visible. */
7392
7393 static int
7394 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7395 struct frame *f;
7396 {
7397 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7398 struct it it;
7399
7400 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7401 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7402 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7403 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7404 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7405 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7406
7407 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7408 {
7409 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7410 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7411 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7412 }
7413
7414 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7415 }
7416
7417
7418 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7419 height should be changed. */
7420
7421 static int
7422 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7423 struct frame *f;
7424 {
7425 struct window *w;
7426 struct it it;
7427 struct glyph_row *row;
7428 int change_height_p = 0;
7429
7430 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7431 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7432 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7433 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7434 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7435 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7436 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7437 return 0;
7438
7439 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7440 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7441 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7442 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7443 row = it.glyph_row;
7444
7445 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7446 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7447 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7448
7449 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7450 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7451 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7452
7453 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7454 window, so don't do it. */
7455 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7456 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7457
7458 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7459 {
7460 int nlines;
7461
7462 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
7463 height. */
7464 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it) < it.end_charpos)
7465 change_height_p = 1;
7466
7467 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7468 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7469 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7470 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7471 if (!row->displays_text_p
7472 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7473 change_height_p = 1;
7474
7475 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7476 change the tool-bar's height. */
7477 if (row->displays_text_p
7478 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7479 change_height_p = 1;
7480
7481 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7482 frame parameter. */
7483 if (change_height_p
7484 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7485 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7486 {
7487 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7488 Lisp_Object frame;
7489 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7490
7491 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7492 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7493 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7494 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7495 make_number (nlines)),
7496 Qnil));
7497 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7498 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7499 }
7500 }
7501
7502 return change_height_p;
7503 }
7504
7505
7506 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7507 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7508 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7509 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7510
7511 int
7512 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7513 struct frame *f;
7514 struct glyph *glyph;
7515 int *prop_idx;
7516 {
7517 Lisp_Object prop;
7518 int success_p;
7519
7520 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7521 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7522 F->tool_bar_items. */
7523 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7524 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7525 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7526 {
7527 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7528 success_p = 1;
7529 }
7530 else
7531 success_p = 0;
7532
7533 return success_p;
7534 }
7535
7536 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7537
7538
7539 \f
7540 /************************************************************************
7541 Horizontal scrolling
7542 ************************************************************************/
7543
7544 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7545 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7546
7547 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7548 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7549 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7550 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7551 changed. */
7552
7553 static int
7554 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7555 Lisp_Object window;
7556 {
7557 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7558
7559 while (WINDOWP (window))
7560 {
7561 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7562
7563 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7564 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7565 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7566 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7567 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7568 {
7569 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7570 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7571 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7572 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7573 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7574 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7575 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7576 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7577 ? desired_cursor_row
7578 : current_cursor_row);
7579
7580 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7581 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7582
7583 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7584 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7585
7586 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7587 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7588 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7589 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7590 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7591 {
7592 struct it it;
7593 int hscroll;
7594 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7595 int pt;
7596
7597 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7598 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7599 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7600
7601 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7602 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7603 else
7604 {
7605 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7606 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7607 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7608 }
7609
7610 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7611 a line with infinite width. */
7612 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7613 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7614 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7615 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7616
7617 /* Center cursor in window. */
7618 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7619 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7620 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
7621
7622 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7623 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7624 optimizations. */
7625 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7626 {
7627 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
7628 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
7629 hscrolled_p = 1;
7630 }
7631 }
7632 }
7633
7634 window = w->next;
7635 }
7636
7637 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7638 return hscrolled_p;
7639 }
7640
7641
7642 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7643 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7644 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7645 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7646 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7647
7648 static int
7649 hscroll_windows (window)
7650 Lisp_Object window;
7651 {
7652 int hscrolled_p;
7653
7654 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7655 {
7656 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7657 if (hscrolled_p)
7658 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7659 }
7660 else
7661 hscrolled_p = 0;
7662 return hscrolled_p;
7663 }
7664
7665
7666 \f
7667 /************************************************************************
7668 Redisplay
7669 ************************************************************************/
7670
7671 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7672 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7673 session. */
7674
7675 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7676
7677 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7678
7679 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7680 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7681
7682 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7683
7684 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7685
7686 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7687
7688 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7689
7690 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7691 try_window_id. */
7692
7693 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7694
7695 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7696 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7697 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7698 resulting string to stderr. */
7699
7700 static void
7701 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7702 struct window *w;
7703 char *fmt;
7704 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7705 {
7706 char buffer[512];
7707 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7708 int len = strlen (method);
7709 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7710 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7711
7712 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7713 if (len && remaining)
7714 {
7715 method[len] = '|';
7716 --remaining, ++len;
7717 }
7718
7719 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7720
7721 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7722 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7723 w,
7724 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7725 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7726 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7727 : "no buffer"),
7728 buffer);
7729 }
7730
7731 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7732
7733
7734 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7735 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7736 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7737 cleared. */
7738
7739 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7740 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7741
7742 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7743
7744 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7745
7746 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7747
7748 int redisplaying_p;
7749
7750
7751 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7752 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7753 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7754 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7755
7756 static INLINE int
7757 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7758 struct window *w;
7759 int start, end;
7760 {
7761 int unchanged_p = 1;
7762
7763 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7764 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7765 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7766 {
7767 /* Gap in the line? */
7768 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7769 unchanged_p = 0;
7770
7771 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7772 if (unchanged_p
7773 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7774 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7775 unchanged_p = 0;
7776
7777 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7778 beginning of the line. */
7779 if (unchanged_p
7780 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7781 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7782 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7783 unchanged_p = 0;
7784 }
7785
7786 return unchanged_p;
7787 }
7788
7789
7790 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7791 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7792
7793 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7794 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7795 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7796
7797 void
7798 redisplay ()
7799 {
7800 redisplay_internal (0);
7801 }
7802
7803 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7804 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7805 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7806
7807 int
7808 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7809 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7810 int prev_pt, pt;
7811 {
7812 int start, end;
7813 Lisp_Object prop;
7814 Lisp_Object buffer;
7815
7816 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7817 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7818 same buffer. */
7819 if (prev_buf == buf)
7820 {
7821 if (prev_pt == pt)
7822 /* Point didn't move. */
7823 return 0;
7824
7825 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7826 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7827 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7828 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7829 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7830 point moved out of the composition. */
7831 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7832 }
7833
7834 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7835 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7836 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7837 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7838 && start < pt && end > pt);
7839 }
7840
7841 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7842 in window W. */
7843
7844 static INLINE void
7845 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7846 struct window *w;
7847 struct buffer *b;
7848 {
7849 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7850 b->clip_changed = 1;
7851 else if (b->clip_changed
7852 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7853 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7854 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7855 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7856 b->clip_changed = 0;
7857
7858 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7859 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7860 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7861 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7862 check. */
7863 if (!b->clip_changed
7864 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7865 {
7866 int pt;
7867
7868 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7869 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7870 else
7871 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7872
7873 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7874 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7875 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7876 XINT (w->last_point),
7877 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7878 b->clip_changed = 1;
7879 }
7880 }
7881
7882
7883 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7884 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7885 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7886 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7887 causes some problems. */
7888
7889 static void
7890 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7891 int preserve_echo_area;
7892 {
7893 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7894 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7895 int pause;
7896 int must_finish = 0;
7897 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7898 int number_of_visible_frames;
7899 int count;
7900 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7901
7902 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7903 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7904 int consider_all_windows_p;
7905
7906 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7907
7908 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7909 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7910 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7911 if (noninteractive
7912 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7913 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7914 return;
7915
7916 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7917 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7918 update necessary. */
7919 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7920 {
7921 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7922 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7923 return;
7924 }
7925
7926 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7927 if (popup_activated ())
7928 return;
7929 #endif
7930
7931 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7932 if (redisplaying_p)
7933 return;
7934
7935 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7936 when we leave this function. */
7937 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7938 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7939 ++redisplaying_p;
7940
7941 retry:
7942 pause = 0;
7943 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7944
7945 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7946 necessary, do it. */
7947 if (fonts_changed_p)
7948 {
7949 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7950 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7951 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7952 }
7953
7954 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7955 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7956 {
7957 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7958 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7959 thing. */
7960 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7961 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7962 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7963 }
7964 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7965
7966 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7967 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7968 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7969 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7970 {
7971 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7972
7973 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
7974
7975 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7976 {
7977 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7978
7979 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
7980 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
7981 ++number_of_visible_frames;
7982 clear_desired_matrices (f);
7983 }
7984 }
7985
7986 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7987 do_pending_window_change (1);
7988
7989 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7990 if (frame_garbaged)
7991 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7992
7993 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7994 prepare_menu_bars ();
7995
7996 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7997 update_mode_lines++;
7998
7999 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
8000 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
8001 {
8002 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8003 if (buffer_shared > 1)
8004 update_mode_lines++;
8005 }
8006
8007 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
8008 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8009 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8010 where no change is needed. */
8011 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8012 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8013 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8014 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8015 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8016
8017 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8018
8019 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8020 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8021 there. */
8022 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
8023
8024 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8025 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8026 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8027 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8028 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8029
8030 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8031 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8032 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8033 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
8034 the echo area should be cleared. */
8035 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8036 {
8037 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8038 must_finish = 1;
8039
8040 if (fonts_changed_p)
8041 goto retry;
8042 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8043 {
8044 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8045 ++update_mode_lines;
8046 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8047
8048 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8049 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8050 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8051 if (frame_garbaged)
8052 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8053 }
8054 }
8055 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8056 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8057 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8058 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8059 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8060 {
8061 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8062 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8063 must_finish = 1;
8064 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8065 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8066 ++update_mode_lines;
8067
8068 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8069 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8070 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8071 if (frame_garbaged)
8072 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8073 }
8074
8075
8076 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8077 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8078 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8079 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8080 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8081 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8082 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8083 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8084 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8085 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8086
8087 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8088 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8089 set in display_line and record information about the line
8090 containing the cursor. */
8091 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8092 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8093 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8094 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8095 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8096 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8097 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8098 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8099 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8100 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8101 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8102 && NILP (w->force_start)
8103 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8104 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8105 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8106 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8107 must be unchanged */
8108 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8109 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8110 {
8111 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8112 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8113 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8114 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8115 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8116 goto cancel;
8117 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8118 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8119 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8120 {
8121 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8122 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8123 line 885).
8124
8125 For instance, in the following case:
8126
8127 -------- Insert --------
8128 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8129 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8130 ^^ ^^
8131 -------- --------
8132
8133 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8134
8135 struct it it;
8136 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8137
8138 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8139 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8140 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8141
8142 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8143 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8144 goto cancel;
8145
8146 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8147 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8148 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8149 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8150 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8151 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8152 display_line (&it);
8153
8154 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8155 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8156 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8157 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8158 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8159 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8160 /* Line ends as before. */
8161 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8162 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8163 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8164 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8165 {
8166 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8167 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8168 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8169 {
8170 struct glyph_row *row
8171 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8172 int delta, delta_bytes;
8173
8174 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8175 {
8176 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8177 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8178 delta = (Z
8179 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8180 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8181 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8182 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8183 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8184 }
8185 else
8186 {
8187 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8188 account of the newline and the rest of the
8189 text that follows. */
8190 delta = (Z
8191 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8192 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8193 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8194 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8195 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8196 }
8197
8198 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8199 this_line_vpos + 1,
8200 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8201 delta, delta_bytes);
8202 }
8203
8204 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8205 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8206 adjusted. */
8207 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8208 {
8209 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8210 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8211 }
8212 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8213 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8214 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8215 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8216
8217 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8218 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8219
8220 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8221 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8222 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8223 #endif
8224 goto update;
8225 }
8226 else
8227 goto cancel;
8228 }
8229 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8230 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8231 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8232 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8233 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8234 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8235 {
8236 if (!must_finish)
8237 {
8238 do_pending_window_change (1);
8239
8240 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8241 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8242 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8243 goto end_of_redisplay;
8244 }
8245 goto update;
8246 }
8247 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8248 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8249 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8250 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8251 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8252 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8253 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8254 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8255 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8256 {
8257 struct it it;
8258 struct glyph_row *row;
8259
8260 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8261 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8262 next visible position. */
8263 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8264 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8265 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8266 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8267 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8268
8269 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8270 moves over before-strings. */
8271 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8272
8273 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8274 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8275 row->enabled_p))
8276 {
8277 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8278 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8279 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8280 goto update;
8281 }
8282 else
8283 goto cancel;
8284 }
8285
8286 cancel:
8287 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8288 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8289 }
8290
8291 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8292 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8293 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8294
8295
8296 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8297 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8298 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8299
8300 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8301 {
8302 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8303
8304 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8305 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8306 {
8307 clear_face_cache (0);
8308 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8309 }
8310
8311 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8312 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8313 buffer_shared = 0;
8314
8315 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8316 {
8317 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8318
8319 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8320 {
8321 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8322 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8323 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8324 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8325
8326 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8327 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8328
8329 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8330 nuked should now go away. */
8331 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8332 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8333
8334 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8335 if (fonts_changed_p)
8336 goto retry;
8337
8338 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8339 {
8340 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8341 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8342 goto retry;
8343
8344 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8345 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8346 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8347 error. */
8348 if (interrupt_input)
8349 unrequest_sigio ();
8350 stop_polling ();
8351
8352 /* Update the display. */
8353 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8354 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8355 if (pause)
8356 break;
8357
8358 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8359 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8360 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8361 }
8362 }
8363 }
8364 }
8365 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8366 {
8367 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8368 struct frame *mini_frame;
8369
8370 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8371
8372 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8373 update:
8374
8375 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8376 if (fonts_changed_p)
8377 goto retry;
8378
8379 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8380 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8381 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8382 if (interrupt_input)
8383 unrequest_sigio ();
8384 stop_polling ();
8385
8386 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8387 {
8388 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8389 goto retry;
8390
8391 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8392 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8393 }
8394
8395 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8396 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8397 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8398 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8399 it here. */
8400 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8401 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8402
8403 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8404 {
8405 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8406 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8407 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8408 goto retry;
8409 }
8410 }
8411
8412 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8413 thorough update the next time. */
8414 if (pause)
8415 {
8416 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8417 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8418 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8419 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8420
8421 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8422 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8423 {
8424 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8425 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8426 }
8427
8428 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8429 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8430 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8431 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8432 update_mode_lines = 1;
8433 }
8434
8435 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8436 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8437 if (!pause)
8438 {
8439 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8440
8441 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8442 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8443 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8444 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8445
8446 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8447 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8448 else
8449 {
8450 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8451 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8452 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8453
8454 b->clip_changed = 0;
8455 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8456 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8457 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8458 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8459 w->last_had_star
8460 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8461 ? Qt : Qnil);
8462
8463 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8464 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8465 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8466 && (EQ (selected_window,
8467 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8468 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8469 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8470 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8471 : Qnil);
8472
8473 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8474 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8475 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8476 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8477 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8478
8479 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8480 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8481 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8482 }
8483
8484 update_mode_lines = 0;
8485 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8486 }
8487
8488 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8489 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8490 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8491 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8492 if (interrupt_input)
8493 request_sigio ();
8494 start_polling ();
8495
8496 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8497 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8498 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8499 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8500 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8501 frames here explicitly. */
8502 if (!pause)
8503 {
8504 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8505 int new_count = 0;
8506
8507 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8508 {
8509 int this_is_visible = 0;
8510
8511 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8512 this_is_visible = 1;
8513 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8514 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8515 this_is_visible = 1;
8516
8517 if (this_is_visible)
8518 new_count++;
8519 }
8520
8521 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8522 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8523 }
8524
8525 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8526 do_pending_window_change (1);
8527
8528 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8529 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8530 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8531 goto retry;
8532
8533 end_of_redisplay:;
8534
8535 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8536 }
8537
8538
8539 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8540 another message has been requested in its place.
8541
8542 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8543 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8544 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8545 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations.
8546
8547 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
8548 called. This is useful for debugging. */
8549
8550 void
8551 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where)
8552 int from_where;
8553 {
8554 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where));
8555
8556 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8557 {
8558 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8559 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8560 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8561 redisplay_internal (1);
8562 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8563 }
8564 else
8565 redisplay_internal (1);
8566 }
8567
8568
8569 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8570 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8571 in progress. */
8572
8573 static Lisp_Object
8574 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8575 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8576 {
8577 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8578 return Qnil;
8579 }
8580
8581
8582 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8583 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8584 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8585 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8586
8587 void
8588 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8589 Lisp_Object window;
8590 int accurate_p;
8591 {
8592 struct window *w;
8593
8594 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8595 {
8596 w = XWINDOW (window);
8597
8598 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8599 {
8600 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8601
8602 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8603 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8604 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8605 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8606 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8607 ? Qt : Qnil);
8608
8609 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8610 Let's check it. */
8611 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8612 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8613 w->region_showing
8614 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8615 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8616 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8617 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8618 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8619 : Qnil));
8620 #endif
8621
8622 if (accurate_p)
8623 {
8624 b->clip_changed = 0;
8625 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8626 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8627 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8628 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8629 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8630 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8631 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8632 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8633 else
8634 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8635 }
8636 }
8637
8638 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8639 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8640
8641 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8642 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8643 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8644 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8645 }
8646
8647 if (accurate_p)
8648 {
8649 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8650 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8651 }
8652 else
8653 {
8654 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8655 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8656 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8657 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8658 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8659 }
8660 }
8661
8662
8663 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8664 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8665 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8666 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8667
8668 Lisp_Object
8669 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8670 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8671 int c;
8672 {
8673 int code[4], i;
8674 Lisp_Object val;
8675
8676 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8677 return (dp->contents[c]);
8678
8679 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8680 if (code[1] < 32)
8681 code[1] = -1;
8682 else if (code[2] < 32)
8683 code[2] = -1;
8684
8685 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8686 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8687 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8688 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8689 code[0] += 128;
8690 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8691
8692 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8693 {
8694 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8695 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8696 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8697 }
8698
8699 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8700 it. */
8701 return (dp->defalt);
8702 }
8703
8704
8705 \f
8706 /***********************************************************************
8707 Window Redisplay
8708 ***********************************************************************/
8709
8710 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8711
8712 static void
8713 redisplay_windows (window)
8714 Lisp_Object window;
8715 {
8716 while (!NILP (window))
8717 {
8718 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8719
8720 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8721 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8722 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8723 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8724 else
8725 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8726
8727 window = w->next;
8728 }
8729 }
8730
8731
8732 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8733 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8734 differ from current buffer positions. */
8735
8736 void
8737 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8738 struct window *w;
8739 struct glyph_row *row;
8740 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8741 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8742 {
8743 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8744 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8745 int x = row->x;
8746 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8747
8748 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8749 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8750 frames. */
8751 if (row->displays_text_p)
8752 while (glyph < end
8753 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8754 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8755 {
8756 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8757 ++glyph;
8758 }
8759
8760 while (glyph < end
8761 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8762 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8763 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8764 {
8765 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8766 ++glyph;
8767 }
8768
8769 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8770 w->cursor.x = x;
8771 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8772 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8773
8774 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8775 {
8776 if (!row->continued_p
8777 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8778 && row->x == 0)
8779 {
8780 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8781
8782 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8783 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8784 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8785 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8786
8787 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8788 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8789 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8790 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8791
8792 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8793 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8794 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8795 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8796 }
8797 else
8798 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8799 }
8800 }
8801
8802
8803 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8804 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8805
8806 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8807
8808 static INLINE struct text_pos
8809 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8810 Lisp_Object window;
8811 struct text_pos startp;
8812 {
8813 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8814 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8815
8816 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8817 abort ();
8818
8819 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8820 {
8821 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8822 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8823 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8824 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8825 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8826 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8827 }
8828
8829 return startp;
8830 }
8831
8832
8833 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8834 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8835
8836 static void
8837 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8838 struct window *w;
8839 {
8840 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8841 struct glyph_row *row;
8842 int window_height;
8843
8844 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8845 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8846 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8847 return;
8848
8849 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8850 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8851
8852 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8853 to do. */
8854 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8855 return;
8856
8857 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8858 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8859 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8860 if (row->height >= window_height)
8861 return;
8862
8863 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8864 {
8865 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8866 w->vscroll = 0;
8867 w->cursor.y += dy;
8868 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8869 }
8870 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8871 {
8872 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8873 w->vscroll = dy;
8874 w->cursor.y += dy;
8875 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8876 }
8877
8878 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8879 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8880 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8881 the correct y-position. */
8882 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8883 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8884 }
8885
8886
8887 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8888 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8889 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8890 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8891 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8892
8893 Value is
8894
8895 1 if scrolling succeeded
8896
8897 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8898
8899 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8900 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8901
8902 static int
8903 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8904 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8905 Lisp_Object window;
8906 int just_this_one_p;
8907 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8908 int temp_scroll_step;
8909 {
8910 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8911 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8912 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8913 struct text_pos pos;
8914 struct text_pos startp;
8915 struct it it;
8916 Lisp_Object window_end;
8917 int this_scroll_margin;
8918 int dy = 0;
8919 int scroll_max;
8920 int rc;
8921 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8922 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8923 int height;
8924
8925 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8926 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8927 #endif
8928
8929 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8930
8931 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8932 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8933 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8934 {
8935 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8936 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8937 }
8938 else
8939 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8940
8941 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8942 into view. */
8943 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
8944 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
8945 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
8946 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8947 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8948 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8949 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8950 there should be a variable for this. */
8951 scroll_max = 10;
8952 else
8953 scroll_max = 0;
8954 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8955
8956 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8957 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8958 margin. */
8959 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8960 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8961 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8962 if (this_scroll_margin)
8963 {
8964 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8965 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8966 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8967 }
8968
8969 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8970 {
8971 int y0;
8972 #if 0
8973 int line_height;
8974 #endif
8975
8976 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8977 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8978
8979 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8980 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8981 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8982 y0 = it.current_y;
8983 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8984 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8985 #if 0 /* Taking the line's height into account here looks wrong. */
8986 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8987 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8988 : last_height);
8989 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
8990 #else
8991 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
8992 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
8993 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
8994 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
8995 added below. */
8996 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
8997 #endif
8998
8999 if (dy > scroll_max)
9000 return 0;
9001
9002 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
9003 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
9004 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
9005 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9006
9007 if (scroll_conservatively)
9008 amount_to_scroll =
9009 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9010 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9011 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9012 else
9013 {
9014 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
9015 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9016 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9017 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9018 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9019 }
9020
9021 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9022 return 0;
9023
9024 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9025 startp = it.current.pos;
9026 }
9027 else
9028 {
9029 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9030 window. */
9031 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9032 if (this_scroll_margin)
9033 {
9034 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9035 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9036 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9037 }
9038
9039 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9040 {
9041 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9042 above what is displayed in the window. */
9043 int y0;
9044
9045 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9046 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9047 scroll_max. */
9048 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9049 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9050 y0 = it.current_y;
9051 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9052 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9053 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9054 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9055 if (dy > scroll_max)
9056 return 0;
9057
9058 /* Compute new window start. */
9059 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9060
9061 if (scroll_conservatively)
9062 amount_to_scroll =
9063 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9064 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9065 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9066 else
9067 {
9068 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9069 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9070 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9071 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9072 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9073 }
9074
9075 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9076 return 0;
9077
9078 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9079 startp = it.current.pos;
9080 }
9081 }
9082
9083 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9084 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9085
9086 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9087 doesn't appear. */
9088 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9089 rc = -1;
9090 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9091 {
9092 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9093 rc = 0;
9094 }
9095 else
9096 {
9097 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9098 if (!just_this_one_p
9099 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9100 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9101 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9102
9103 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9104 lines up or down. */
9105 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9106 rc = 1;
9107 }
9108
9109 return rc;
9110 }
9111
9112
9113 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9114 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9115 was computed.
9116
9117 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9118 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9119 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9120
9121 static int
9122 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9123 struct window *w;
9124 {
9125 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9126 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9127
9128 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9129
9130 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9131 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9132 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9133 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9134 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9135 {
9136 struct it it;
9137 struct glyph_row *row;
9138
9139 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9140 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9141 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9142 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9143 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9144
9145 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9146 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9147 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9148 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9149 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9150 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9151
9152 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9153 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9154 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9155 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9156 {
9157 int min_distance, distance;
9158
9159 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9160 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9161 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9162 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9163 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9164 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9165 pos = it.current.pos;
9166 min_distance = INFINITY;
9167 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9168 distance < min_distance)
9169 {
9170 min_distance = distance;
9171 pos = it.current.pos;
9172 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9173 }
9174
9175 /* Set the window start there. */
9176 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9177 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9178 }
9179 }
9180
9181 return window_start_changed_p;
9182 }
9183
9184
9185 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9186 with window start STARTP. Value is
9187
9188 1 if successful
9189
9190 0 if this method cannot be used
9191
9192 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9193 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9194 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9195
9196 static int
9197 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9198 Lisp_Object window;
9199 struct text_pos startp;
9200 int *scroll_step;
9201 {
9202 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9203 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9204 int rc = 0;
9205
9206 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9207 not moved off the frame. */
9208 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9209 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9210 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9211 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9212 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9213 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9214 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9215 cases. */
9216 && !update_mode_lines
9217 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9218 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9219 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9220 set the cursor. */
9221 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9222 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9223 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9224 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9225 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9226 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9227 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9228 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9229 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9230 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9231 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9232 handles the same cases. */
9233 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9234 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9235 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9236 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9237 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9238 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9239 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9240 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9241 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9242 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9243 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9244 {
9245 int this_scroll_margin;
9246 struct glyph_row *row;
9247
9248 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9249 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9250 #endif
9251
9252 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9253 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9254 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9255 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9256 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9257
9258 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9259 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9260 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9261 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9262 rc = -1;
9263 else
9264 {
9265 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9266 if (row->mode_line_p)
9267 ++row;
9268 if (!row->enabled_p)
9269 rc = -1;
9270 }
9271
9272 if (rc == 0)
9273 {
9274 int scroll_p = 0;
9275 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9276
9277 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9278 {
9279 /* Point has moved forward. */
9280 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9281 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9282 {
9283 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9284 ++row;
9285 }
9286
9287 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9288 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9289 display it in the next line. */
9290 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9291 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9292 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9293 ++row;
9294
9295 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9296 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9297 the next line would be drawn, and that
9298 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9299 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9300 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9301 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9302 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9303 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9304 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9305 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9306 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9307 scroll_p = 1;
9308 }
9309 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9310 {
9311 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9312 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9313 if-statement. */
9314 while (!row->mode_line_p
9315 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9316 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9317 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9318 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9319 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9320 {
9321 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9322 --row;
9323 }
9324
9325 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9326 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9327 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9328 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9329 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9330 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9331 || row->mode_line_p)
9332 {
9333 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9334 if (row->mode_line_p)
9335 ++row;
9336 }
9337
9338 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9339 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9340 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9341 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9342 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9343 ++row;
9344
9345 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9346 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9347 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9348 scroll_p = 1;
9349 }
9350
9351 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9352 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9353 {
9354 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9355 rc = -1;
9356 }
9357 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9358 {
9359 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9360 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9361 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9362 rc = -1;
9363 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9364 {
9365 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9366 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9367 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9368 about it. */
9369 *scroll_step = 1;
9370 rc = -1;
9371 }
9372 else
9373 {
9374 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9375 try_window (window, startp);
9376 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9377 rc = 1;
9378 }
9379 }
9380 else if (scroll_p)
9381 rc = -1;
9382 else
9383 {
9384 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9385 rc = 1;
9386 }
9387 }
9388 }
9389
9390 return rc;
9391 }
9392
9393
9394 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9395 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9396
9397 static void
9398 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9399 Lisp_Object window;
9400 int just_this_one_p;
9401 {
9402 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9403 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9404 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9405 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9406 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9407 int update_mode_line;
9408 int tem;
9409 struct it it;
9410 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9411 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9412 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9413 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9414 int rc;
9415
9416 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9417 opoint = lpoint;
9418
9419 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9420 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9421 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9422 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9423 #endif
9424
9425 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9426
9427 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9428
9429 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9430 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9431 || update_mode_lines
9432 || buffer->clip_changed);
9433
9434 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9435 {
9436 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9437 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9438 {
9439 if (update_mode_line)
9440 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9441 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9442 goto finish_menu_bars;
9443 else
9444 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9445 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9446 }
9447 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9448 {
9449 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9450 active one, so clear it. */
9451 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9452 struct glyph_row *row;
9453 int y;
9454
9455 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9456 y < yb;
9457 y += row->height, ++row)
9458 blank_row (w, row, y);
9459 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9460 }
9461 }
9462
9463 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9464 value. */
9465 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9466 variables. */
9467 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9468 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9469
9470 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9471 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9472 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9473 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9474 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9475
9476 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9477 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9478 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9479 {
9480 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9481 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9482 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9483 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9484
9485 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9486 }
9487
9488 /* Some sanity checks. */
9489 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9490 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9491 abort ();
9492 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9493 abort ();
9494
9495 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9496 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9497 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9498 where no change is needed. */
9499 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9500 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9501 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9502 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9503 update_mode_line = 1;
9504
9505 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9506 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9507 if (!just_this_one_p)
9508 {
9509 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9510 current_base = current_buffer;
9511 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9512 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9513 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9514 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9515 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9516 if (current_base == window_base)
9517 buffer_shared++;
9518 }
9519
9520 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9521 window, set up appropriate value. */
9522 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9523 {
9524 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9525 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9526 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9527 {
9528 new_pt = BEGV;
9529 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9530 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9531 }
9532 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9533 {
9534 new_pt = ZV;
9535 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9536 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9537 }
9538
9539 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9540 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9541 }
9542
9543 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9544 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9545 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9546 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9547 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9548 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9549 {
9550 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9551
9552 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9553 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9554 {
9555 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9556 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9557 BEG, Z);
9558 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9559 }
9560 }
9561
9562 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9563 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9564 goto recenter;
9565
9566 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9567
9568 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9569 check whether it can be used. */
9570 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9571 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9572 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9573 {
9574 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9575 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9576 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9577 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9578 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9579 w->force_start = Qt;
9580 }
9581
9582 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9583 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9584 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9585 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9586 {
9587 w->force_start = Qnil;
9588 w->vscroll = 0;
9589 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9590
9591 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9592 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9593 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9594 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9595
9596 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9597 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9598 because we have scrolled. */
9599 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9600 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9601 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9602 and having them get more errors. */
9603 if (!update_mode_line
9604 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9605 {
9606 update_mode_line = 1;
9607 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9608 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9609 }
9610
9611 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9612 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9613 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9614 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9615 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9616 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9617
9618 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9619 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9620 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9621 {
9622 w->force_start = Qt;
9623 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9624 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9625 }
9626
9627 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9628 {
9629 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9630 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9631 can use it here. */
9632 int window_height;
9633 struct glyph_row *row;
9634
9635 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9636 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9637 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9638 ++row;
9639
9640 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9641 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9642
9643 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9644 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9645 else if (current_buffer == old)
9646 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9647
9648 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9649
9650 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9651 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9652 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9653 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9654 {
9655 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9656 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9657 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9658 }
9659 }
9660
9661 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9662 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9663 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9664 #endif
9665 goto done;
9666 }
9667
9668 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9669 not moved off the frame. */
9670 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9671 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9672 rc != 0))
9673 {
9674 if (rc == -1)
9675 goto try_to_scroll;
9676 else
9677 goto done;
9678 }
9679 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9680 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9681 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9682 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9683 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9684 {
9685 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9686 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9687 #endif
9688 goto recenter;
9689 }
9690
9691 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9692 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9693 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9694 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9695 be full width. */
9696 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9697 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9698 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9699 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9700 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9701 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9702 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9703 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9704 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9705 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9706 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9707 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9708 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9709 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9710 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9711 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9712 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9713 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9714 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9715 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9716 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9717 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9718 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9719 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9720 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9721 {
9722 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9723 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9724 #endif
9725
9726 if (fonts_changed_p)
9727 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9728 if (tem > 0)
9729 goto done;
9730
9731 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9732 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9733 }
9734 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9735 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9736 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9737 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9738 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9739 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9740 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9741 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9742 {
9743 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9744 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9745 #endif
9746
9747 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9748 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9749 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9750 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9751 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9752 buffer. */
9753 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9754 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9755 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9756 {
9757 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9758 try_window (window, startp);
9759 }
9760
9761 if (fonts_changed_p)
9762 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9763
9764 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9765 {
9766 if (!just_this_one_p
9767 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9768 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9769 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9770 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9771
9772 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9773 goto done;
9774 }
9775 else
9776 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9777 }
9778
9779 try_to_scroll:
9780
9781 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9782 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9783
9784 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9785 if (!update_mode_line)
9786 {
9787 update_mode_line = 1;
9788 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9789 }
9790
9791 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9792 if ((scroll_conservatively
9793 || scroll_step
9794 || temp_scroll_step
9795 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9796 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9797 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9798 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9799 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9800 {
9801 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9802 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9803 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9804 scroll_conservatively,
9805 scroll_step,
9806 temp_scroll_step);
9807 if (rc > 0)
9808 goto done;
9809 else if (rc < 0)
9810 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9811 }
9812
9813 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9814
9815 recenter:
9816
9817 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9818 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9819 #endif
9820
9821 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9822
9823 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9824 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9825 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9826 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9827
9828 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9829 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9830 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9831 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9832 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9833
9834 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9835 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9836 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9837 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9838 containing PT in this case. */
9839 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9840 {
9841 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9842 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9843 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9844 it.current_y = 0;
9845 }
9846
9847 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9848
9849 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9850 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9851 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9852
9853 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9854 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9855
9856 /* Redisplay the window. */
9857 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9858 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9859 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9860 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9861 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9862 || !just_this_one_p
9863 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9864 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9865 try_window (window, startp);
9866
9867 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9868 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9869 matrices. */
9870 if (fonts_changed_p)
9871 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9872
9873 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9874 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9875 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9876 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9877 line.) */
9878 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9879 {
9880 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9881 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9882 {
9883 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9884 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9885 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9886 }
9887 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9888 {
9889 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9890 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9891 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9892 }
9893 else
9894 {
9895 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9896 }
9897 }
9898
9899 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9900 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9901 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9902 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9903 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9904 {
9905 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9906 if (row->mode_line_p)
9907 ++row;
9908 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9909 }
9910
9911 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9912
9913 done:
9914
9915 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9916 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9917 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9918 ? Qt : Qnil);
9919
9920 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9921 if ((update_mode_line
9922 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9923 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9924 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9925 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9926 || (!just_this_one_p
9927 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9928 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9929 /* Line number to display. */
9930 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9931 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9932 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9933 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9934 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9935 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9936 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9937 {
9938 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
9939
9940 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
9941
9942 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
9943 display_mode_lines (w);
9944 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
9945
9946 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9947 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9948 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9949 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9950 {
9951 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9952 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9953 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9954 }
9955
9956 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9957 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9958 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9959 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9960 {
9961 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9962 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9963 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9964 }
9965
9966 if (fonts_changed_p)
9967 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9968 }
9969
9970 if (!line_number_displayed
9971 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
9972 {
9973 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
9974 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9975 }
9976
9977 finish_menu_bars:
9978
9979 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9980 if (update_mode_line
9981 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
9982 {
9983 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
9984
9985 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9986 {
9987 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
9988 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
9989 #else
9990 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9991 #endif
9992 }
9993 else
9994 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9995
9996 if (redisplay_menu_p)
9997 display_menu_bar (w);
9998
9999 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10000 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
10001 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
10002 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
10003 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
10004 #endif
10005 }
10006
10007 finish_scroll_bars:
10008
10009 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
10010 {
10011 int start, end, whole;
10012
10013 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
10014 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
10015 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
10016 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
10017 visible region.
10018
10019 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
10020 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10021 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10022 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
10023 {
10024 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10025 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10026 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10027 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10028 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10029
10030 if (end < start)
10031 end = start;
10032 if (whole < (end - start))
10033 whole = end - start;
10034 }
10035 else
10036 start = end = whole = 0;
10037
10038 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10039 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10040
10041 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10042 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10043 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10044 }
10045
10046 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10047 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10048 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10049 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10050
10051 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10052 }
10053
10054
10055 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10056 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10057 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10058 glyph matrices necessary. */
10059
10060 int
10061 try_window (window, pos)
10062 Lisp_Object window;
10063 struct text_pos pos;
10064 {
10065 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10066 struct it it;
10067 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10068
10069 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10070 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10071
10072 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10073 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10074 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10075
10076 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10077 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10078
10079 /* Display all lines of W. */
10080 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10081 {
10082 if (display_line (&it))
10083 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10084 if (fonts_changed_p)
10085 return 0;
10086 }
10087
10088 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10089 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10090 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10091 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10092
10093 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10094 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10095 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10096 if (last_text_row)
10097 {
10098 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10099 w->window_end_bytepos
10100 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10101 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10102 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10103 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10104 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10105 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10106 ->displays_text_p);
10107 }
10108 else
10109 {
10110 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10111 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10112 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10113 }
10114
10115 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10116 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10117 return 1;
10118 }
10119
10120
10121 \f
10122 /************************************************************************
10123 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10124 ************************************************************************/
10125
10126 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10127 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10128 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10129 W->start is the new window start. */
10130
10131 static int
10132 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10133 struct window *w;
10134 {
10135 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10136 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10137 struct it it;
10138 struct run run;
10139 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10140 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10141 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10142 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10143 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10144 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10145
10146 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10147 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10148 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10149 or such. */
10150 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10151 return 0;
10152
10153 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10154 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10155 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10156 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10157 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10158 return 0;
10159
10160 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10161 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10162 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10163 return 0;
10164
10165 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10166 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10167 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10168 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10169 return 0;
10170
10171 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10172 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10173 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10174 start = start_row->start.pos;
10175 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10176
10177 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10178 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10179
10180 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10181 {
10182 int first_row_y;
10183
10184 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10185
10186 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10187 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10188 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10189 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10190 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10191 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10192 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10193 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10194
10195 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10196 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10197 && !fonts_changed_p)
10198 if (display_line (&it))
10199 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10200
10201 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10202 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10203 have at least one reusable row. */
10204 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10205 {
10206 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10207 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10208
10209 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10210 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10211 {
10212 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10213
10214 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10215 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10216 {
10217 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10218 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10219 {
10220 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10221 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10222 break;
10223 }
10224
10225 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10226 break;
10227
10228 ++row;
10229 }
10230
10231 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10232 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10233 itself. */
10234 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10235 {
10236 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10237 return 0;
10238 }
10239 }
10240
10241 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10242 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10243 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10244 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10245 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10246 in. */
10247 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10248 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10249 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10250
10251 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10252 {
10253 update_begin (f);
10254 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10255 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10256 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10257 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10258 update_end (f);
10259 }
10260
10261 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10262 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10263 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10264 start_vpos,
10265 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10266 nrows_scrolled);
10267
10268 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10269 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10270 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10271
10272 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10273 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10274 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10275 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10276 row < bottom_row;
10277 ++row)
10278 {
10279 row->y = it.current_y;
10280
10281 if (row->y < min_y)
10282 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10283 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10284 row->visible_height
10285 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10286 else
10287 row->visible_height = row->height;
10288
10289 it.current_y += row->height;
10290
10291 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10292 last_reused_text_row = row;
10293 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10294 break;
10295 }
10296
10297 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10298 below the window. */
10299 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10300 row->enabled_p = 0;
10301 }
10302
10303 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10304 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10305 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10306 containing text. */
10307 if (last_reused_text_row)
10308 {
10309 w->window_end_bytepos
10310 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10311 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10312 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10313 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10314 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10315 w->current_matrix));
10316 }
10317 else if (last_text_row)
10318 {
10319 w->window_end_bytepos
10320 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10321 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10322 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10323 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10324 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10325 }
10326 else
10327 {
10328 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10329 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10330 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10331 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10332 }
10333 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10334
10335 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10336 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10337
10338 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10339 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10340 #endif
10341 return 1;
10342 }
10343 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10344 {
10345 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10346 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10347 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10348 int dy;
10349 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10350
10351 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
10352
10353 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10354 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10355 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10356 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10357 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10358 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10359 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10360 ++first_reusable_row;
10361
10362 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10363 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10364 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10365 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10366 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10367 return 0;
10368
10369 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10370 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10371 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10372 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10373 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10374 pt_row = NULL;
10375 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
10376 {
10377 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10378 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10379 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10380
10381 ++first_row_to_display;
10382 }
10383
10384 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10385 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10386 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10387 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10388 - start_vpos);
10389 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10390 - nrows_scrolled);
10391 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10392 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10393
10394 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10395 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10396 that displays text. */
10397 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10398 if (pt_row == NULL)
10399 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10400 last_text_row = NULL;
10401 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10402 if (display_line (&it))
10403 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10404
10405 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10406 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10407 {
10408 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10409 return 0;
10410 }
10411
10412 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10413 position. */
10414 if (pt_row)
10415 {
10416 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10417 w->current_matrix);
10418 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10419 }
10420
10421 /* Scroll the display. */
10422 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10423 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10424 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10425 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10426
10427 if (run.height)
10428 {
10429 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10430 update_begin (f);
10431 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10432 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10433 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10434 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10435 update_end (f);
10436 }
10437
10438 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10439 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10440 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10441 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10442 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10443 {
10444 row->y -= dy;
10445 if (row->y < min_y)
10446 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10447 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10448 row->visible_height
10449 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10450 else
10451 row->visible_height = row->height;
10452 }
10453
10454 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10455 while (row < bottom_row)
10456 {
10457 row->enabled_p = 0;
10458 ++row;
10459 }
10460
10461 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10462 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10463 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10464 start_vpos,
10465 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10466 -nrows_scrolled);
10467
10468 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10469 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10470 only its vpos can have changed. */
10471 if (last_text_row)
10472 {
10473 w->window_end_bytepos
10474 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10475 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10476 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10477 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10478 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10479 }
10480 else
10481 {
10482 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10483 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10484 }
10485
10486 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10487 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10488
10489 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10490 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10491 #endif
10492 return 1;
10493 }
10494
10495 return 0;
10496 }
10497
10498
10499 \f
10500 /************************************************************************
10501 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10502 ************************************************************************/
10503
10504 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10505 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10506 int *, int *));
10507 static struct glyph_row *
10508 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10509 struct glyph_row *));
10510
10511
10512 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10513 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10514 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10515 a pointer to the row found. */
10516
10517 static struct glyph_row *
10518 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10519 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10520 struct it *it;
10521 struct glyph_row *start;
10522 {
10523 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10524
10525 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10526 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10527 visible lines. */
10528 row_found = NULL;
10529 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10530 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10531 {
10532 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10533 row_found = row;
10534 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10535 break;
10536 ++row;
10537 }
10538
10539 return row_found;
10540 }
10541
10542
10543 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10544 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10545 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10546
10547 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10548 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10549 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10550 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10551 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10552 was built. */
10553
10554 static struct glyph_row *
10555 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10556 struct window *w;
10557 {
10558 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10559 struct glyph_row *row;
10560 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10561 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10562
10563 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10564 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10565 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10566 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10567 {
10568 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10569 except in some case. */
10570 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10571 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10572 unchanged. */
10573 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10574 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10575 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10576 continued. */
10577 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10578 && row->continued_p))
10579 row_found = row;
10580
10581 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10582 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10583 break;
10584
10585 ++row;
10586 }
10587
10588 return row_found;
10589 }
10590
10591
10592 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10593 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10594 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10595 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10596 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10597 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10598 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10599
10600 static struct glyph_row *
10601 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10602 struct window *w;
10603 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10604 {
10605 struct glyph_row *row;
10606 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10607
10608 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10609
10610 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10611 is not up to date. */
10612 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10613 abort ();
10614
10615 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10616 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10617 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10618 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10619 return NULL;
10620
10621 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10622 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10623
10624 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10625 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10626 {
10627 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10628 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10629 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10630 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10631 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10632 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10633 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10634 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10635 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10636 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10637
10638 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10639 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10640
10641 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10642 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10643 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10644 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10645 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10646 position. */
10647 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10648 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10649
10650 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10651 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10652 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10653 {
10654 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10655 abort ();
10656
10657 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10658 row_found = row;
10659 }
10660 }
10661
10662 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10663 abort ();
10664
10665 return row_found;
10666 }
10667
10668
10669 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10670 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10671 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10672 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10673 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10674
10675 static void
10676 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10677 struct window *w;
10678 {
10679 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10680 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10681
10682 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10683 must have a frame matrix. */
10684 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10685 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10686 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10687
10688 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10689 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10690 corresponding frame matrix. */
10691 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10692 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10693 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10694 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10695 {
10696 int area;
10697
10698 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10699 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10700
10701 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10702 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10703 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10704 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10705
10706 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10707 }
10708 }
10709
10710
10711 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10712 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10713 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10714 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10715
10716 static struct glyph_row *
10717 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10718 struct window *w;
10719 int charpos;
10720 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10721 {
10722 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10723 int last_y;
10724
10725 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10726 if (row->mode_line_p)
10727 ++row;
10728
10729 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10730 return NULL;
10731
10732 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10733
10734 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10735 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10736 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10737 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10738 would rather display it in the next line, except
10739 when this line ends in ZV. */
10740 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10741 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10742 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10743 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10744 ++row;
10745
10746 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10747 if ((end && row >= end)
10748 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10749 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10750 row = NULL;
10751
10752 return row;
10753 }
10754
10755
10756 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10757 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10758 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10759
10760 Value is
10761
10762 1 if display has been updated
10763 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10764 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10765
10766 The following steps are performed:
10767
10768 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10769 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10770 is found, give up.
10771
10772 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10773 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10774
10775 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10776 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10777 the window.
10778
10779 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10780
10781 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10782 display and current matrix as needed.
10783
10784 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10785 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10786 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10787 in smaller font sizes.
10788
10789 7. Update W's window end information. */
10790
10791 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10792
10793 static int
10794 try_window_id (w)
10795 struct window *w;
10796 {
10797 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10798 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10799 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10800 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10801 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10802 struct glyph_row *row;
10803 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10804 int bottom_vpos;
10805 struct it it;
10806 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10807 struct text_pos start_pos;
10808 struct run run;
10809 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10810 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10811 struct text_pos start;
10812
10813 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10814
10815 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10816 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10817 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10818 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10819 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10820
10821 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10822 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10823 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10824 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10825 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10826 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10827 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10828 {
10829 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10830 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10831 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10832 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10833 }
10834
10835 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10836 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10837 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10838 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10839 be adjusted, of course. */
10840 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10841 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10842 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10843 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10844 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10845 {
10846 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10847 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10848
10849 if (delta)
10850 {
10851 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10852 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10853
10854 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10855 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10856 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10857 delta, delta_bytes);
10858 }
10859
10860 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10861 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10862 changed. */
10863 w->window_end_pos
10864 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10865 w->window_end_bytepos
10866 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10867 #endif
10868
10869 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
10870 if (row == NULL)
10871 return 0;
10872
10873 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10874 return 1;
10875 }
10876
10877 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10878 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10879 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10880 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10881 {
10882 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10883 size has changed. */
10884 w->window_end_pos
10885 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10886 w->window_end_bytepos
10887 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10888
10889 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10890 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10891 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10892 return 2;
10893 }
10894
10895 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10896 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10897 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10898 comparable. */
10899 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10900 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10901 return 0;
10902
10903 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10904 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10905 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10906 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10907 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10908 first line of window. */
10909 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10910 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10911 {
10912 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
10913 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
10914 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
10915 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
10916 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10917 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
10918 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10919
10920 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
10921 return 0;
10922
10923 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10924 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10925
10926 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10927 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10928 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10929 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10930 current_matrix);
10931 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10932 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10933
10934 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10935 }
10936 else
10937 {
10938 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10939 Start displaying in the first line. */
10940 start_display (&it, w, start);
10941 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10942 }
10943
10944 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10945 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10946 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10947 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10948 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10949 changes. */
10950 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10951 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10952 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10953 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10954
10955 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10956 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10957 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10958 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10959 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10960 stop_pos = 0;
10961 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10962 {
10963 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10964 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10965
10966 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10967 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10968 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
10969 not displaying text. */
10970 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10971 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10972 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10973 < it.last_visible_y))
10974 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10975
10976 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10977 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10978 >= it.last_visible_y))
10979 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10980 else
10981 {
10982 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10983 + delta);
10984 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10985 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
10986 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
10987 }
10988 }
10989 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
10990 return 0;
10991
10992
10993 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10994
10995 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
10996 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
10997 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
10998 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10999 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
11000
11001 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
11002 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
11003 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
11004 : -1);
11005 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11006
11007 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11008
11009
11010 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
11011 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
11012 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
11013 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11014 last_text_row = NULL;
11015 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
11016 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11017 && !fonts_changed_p
11018 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11019 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
11020 {
11021 if (display_line (&it))
11022 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11023 }
11024
11025 if (fonts_changed_p)
11026 return -1;
11027
11028
11029 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
11030 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
11031 scroll. */
11032 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11033 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
11034 bottom of the window. */
11035 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11036 {
11037 dvpos = (it.vpos
11038 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11039 current_matrix));
11040 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11041 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11042 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11043 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11044 }
11045 else
11046 {
11047 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11048 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11049 }
11050 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11051
11052
11053 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11054 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11055 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11056 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11057 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11058 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11059 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11060 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11061 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11062 {
11063 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11064 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11065 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11066 {
11067 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11068 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11069 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
11070 if (row)
11071 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11072 }
11073
11074 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11075 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11076 {
11077 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11078 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
11079 if (row)
11080 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11081 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11082 }
11083
11084 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11085 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11086 {
11087 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11088 return -1;
11089 }
11090 }
11091
11092 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11093 {
11094 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11095
11096 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11097 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11098 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11099 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11100 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11101
11102 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11103 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11104 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11105 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11106 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11107 {
11108 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11109 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11110 return -1;
11111 }
11112 }
11113
11114 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11115 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11116 found. */
11117 if (dy && run.height)
11118 {
11119 update_begin (f);
11120
11121 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11122 {
11123 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11124 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11125 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11126 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11127 }
11128 else
11129 {
11130 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11131 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11132 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11133 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11134 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11135 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
11136
11137 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11138 if (dvpos > 0)
11139 {
11140 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11141 window down dvpos lines. */
11142 set_terminal_window (end);
11143
11144 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11145 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11146 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11147 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11148
11149 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11150 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11151 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11152 }
11153 else if (dvpos < 0)
11154 {
11155 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11156 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11157 set_terminal_window (end);
11158
11159 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11160 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11161 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11162 line sequences. */
11163 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11164
11165 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11166 end. */
11167 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11168 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11169 }
11170
11171 set_terminal_window (0);
11172 }
11173
11174 update_end (f);
11175 }
11176
11177 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11178 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11179 text. */
11180 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11181 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11182 if (dvpos < 0)
11183 {
11184 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11185 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11186 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11187 bottom_vpos, 0);
11188 }
11189 else if (dvpos > 0)
11190 {
11191 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11192 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11193 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11194 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11195 }
11196
11197 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11198 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11199 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11200 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11201
11202 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11203 if (delta)
11204 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11205 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11206 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11207
11208 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11209 if (dy)
11210 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11211 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11212 bottom_vpos, dy);
11213
11214 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11215 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11216
11217 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11218 the window. */
11219 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11220 if (dy < 0)
11221 {
11222 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11223 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11224 the matrix by dvpos. */
11225 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11226 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11227
11228 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11229 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11230
11231 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11232 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11233 line following it. */
11234 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11235 {
11236 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11237 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11238 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11239 }
11240 else
11241 {
11242 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11243 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11244 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11245 ++last_row;
11246 }
11247
11248 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11249 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11250 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11251 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11252
11253 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11254 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11255 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11256 && !fonts_changed_p)
11257 {
11258 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11259 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11260 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11261 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11262 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11263 if (display_line (&it))
11264 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11265 }
11266 }
11267
11268 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11269 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11270 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11271 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11272 {
11273 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11274 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11275 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11276 scrolling. */
11277 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11278 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11279 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11280 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11281
11282 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11283 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11284 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11285 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11286 }
11287 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11288 {
11289 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11290 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11291 w->window_end_bytepos
11292 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11293 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11294 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11295 }
11296 else if (last_text_row)
11297 {
11298 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11299 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11300 in the desired matrix. */
11301 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11302 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11303 w->window_end_bytepos
11304 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11305 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11306 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11307 }
11308 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11309 && last_text_row == NULL
11310 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11311 {
11312 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11313 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11314 int vpos;
11315 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11316
11317 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11318 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11319 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11320 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11321 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11322 break;
11323
11324 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11325 }
11326 else
11327 abort ();
11328
11329 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11330 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11331
11332 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11333 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11334 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11335 return 3;
11336 }
11337
11338
11339 \f
11340 /***********************************************************************
11341 More debugging support
11342 ***********************************************************************/
11343
11344 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11345
11346 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11347 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11348
11349
11350 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
11351
11352 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11353 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11354 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11355
11356 void
11357 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
11358 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11359 int glyphs;
11360 {
11361 int i;
11362 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11363 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, glyphs);
11364 }
11365
11366
11367 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11368 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11369 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11370 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11371
11372 void
11373 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, glyphs)
11374 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11375 int vpos, glyphs;
11376 {
11377 struct glyph_row *row;
11378
11379 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11380 return;
11381
11382 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11383
11384 if (glyphs != 1)
11385 {
11386 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
11387 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11388
11389 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11390 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11391 row - matrix->rows,
11392 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11393 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11394 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11395 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11396 row->enabled_p,
11397 row->inverse_p,
11398 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11399 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11400 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11401 row->continued_p,
11402 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11403 row->displays_text_p,
11404 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11405 row->fill_line_p,
11406 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11407 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11408 row->mouse_face_p,
11409 row->x,
11410 row->y,
11411 row->pixel_width,
11412 row->height,
11413 row->visible_height,
11414 row->ascent,
11415 row->phys_ascent);
11416 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11417 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11418 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11419 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11420 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11421 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11422 row->end.dpvec_index);
11423 }
11424
11425 if (glyphs > 1)
11426 {
11427 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
11428 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
11429
11430 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11431 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11432
11433 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11434 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11435 ++glyph_end;
11436
11437 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11438 {
11439 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11440 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
11441 }
11442 else
11443 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
11444
11445 while (glyph < glyph_end)
11446 {
11447 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11448 {
11449 fprintf (stderr,
11450 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11451 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11452 'C',
11453 glyph->charpos,
11454 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11455 ? 'B'
11456 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11457 ? 'S'
11458 : '-')),
11459 glyph->pixel_width,
11460 glyph->u.ch,
11461 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11462 ? glyph->u.ch
11463 : '.'),
11464 glyph->face_id,
11465 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11466 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11467 }
11468 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11469 {
11470 fprintf (stderr,
11471 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11472 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11473 'S',
11474 glyph->charpos,
11475 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11476 ? 'B'
11477 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11478 ? 'S'
11479 : '-')),
11480 glyph->pixel_width,
11481 0,
11482 '.',
11483 glyph->face_id,
11484 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11485 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11486 }
11487 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11488 {
11489 fprintf (stderr,
11490 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11491 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11492 'I',
11493 glyph->charpos,
11494 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11495 ? 'B'
11496 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11497 ? 'S'
11498 : '-')),
11499 glyph->pixel_width,
11500 glyph->u.img_id,
11501 '.',
11502 glyph->face_id,
11503 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11504 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11505 }
11506 ++glyph;
11507 }
11508 }
11509 else if (glyphs == 1)
11510 {
11511 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[TEXT_AREA] + 1);
11512 int i;
11513
11514 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11515 {
11516 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
11517 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11518 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
11519 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
11520 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
11521 else
11522 s[i] = '.';
11523 }
11524
11525 s[i] = '\0';
11526 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
11527 }
11528 }
11529
11530
11531 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11532 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11533 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11534 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil\n\
11535 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show\n\
11536 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.")
11537 (glyphs)
11538 Lisp_Object glyphs;
11539 {
11540 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11541 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11542
11543 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11544 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11545 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11546 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11547 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11548 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11549 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
11550 return Qnil;
11551 }
11552
11553
11554 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
11555 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.\n\
11556 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11557 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11558 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11559 (row, glyphs)
11560 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11561 {
11562 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11563 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix,
11564 XINT (row),
11565 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11566 return Qnil;
11567 }
11568
11569
11570 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row, 1, 2, "",
11571 "Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.\n\
11572 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11573 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11574 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11575 (row, glyphs)
11576 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11577 {
11578 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11579 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
11580 dump_glyph_row (m, XINT (row), INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11581 return Qnil;
11582 }
11583
11584
11585 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11586 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11587 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11588 ()
11589 {
11590 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11591 return Qnil;
11592 }
11593
11594
11595 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11596 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11597 (string)
11598 Lisp_Object string;
11599 {
11600 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11601 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11602 return Qnil;
11603 }
11604
11605 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11606
11607
11608 \f
11609 /***********************************************************************
11610 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11611 ***********************************************************************/
11612
11613 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11614 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11615
11616 static struct glyph_row *
11617 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11618 struct window *w;
11619 {
11620 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11621 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11622 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11623 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11624 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11625 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11626 unsigned char *p;
11627 struct it it;
11628 int multibyte_p;
11629 int n_glyphs_before;
11630
11631 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11632 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11633 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11634 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11635
11636 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11637 p = arrow_string;
11638 while (p < arrow_end)
11639 {
11640 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11641
11642 /* Get the next character. */
11643 if (multibyte_p)
11644 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11645 else
11646 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11647 p += it.len;
11648
11649 /* Get its face. */
11650 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11651 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11652 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11653
11654 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11655 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11656 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11657 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11658
11659 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11660 to remove some glyphs. */
11661 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11662 {
11663 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11664 break;
11665 }
11666 }
11667
11668 set_buffer_temp (old);
11669 return it.glyph_row;
11670 }
11671
11672
11673 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11674 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11675 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11676 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11677 produce_special_glyphs. */
11678
11679 static void
11680 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11681 struct it *it;
11682 {
11683 struct it truncate_it;
11684 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11685
11686 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11687
11688 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11689 truncate_it = *it;
11690 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11691 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11692 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11693 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11694 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11695 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11696 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11697
11698 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11699 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11700 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11701 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11702 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11703
11704 while (from < end)
11705 *to++ = *from++;
11706
11707 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
11708 while (to < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to))
11709 {
11710 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11711 while (from < end)
11712 *to++ = *from++;
11713 }
11714
11715 if (to > toend)
11716 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11717 }
11718
11719
11720 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11721
11722 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11723 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11724 structure. This is not the case if
11725
11726 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11727 and max_height will be zero.
11728
11729 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11730 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11731 pixmap extensions).
11732
11733 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11734 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11735 must not be zero. */
11736
11737 static void
11738 compute_line_metrics (it)
11739 struct it *it;
11740 {
11741 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11742 int area, i;
11743
11744 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11745 {
11746 int i, header_line_height;
11747
11748 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11749 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11750 computed yet. */
11751 if (row->height == 0)
11752 {
11753 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11754 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11755 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11756 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11757 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11758 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11759 }
11760
11761 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11762 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11763 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11764 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11765
11766 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11767 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11768
11769 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11770 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11771
11772 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11773 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11774 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11775 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11776 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11777 {
11778 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11779 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11780 }
11781
11782 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11783 row->visible_height = row->height;
11784
11785 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11786 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11787 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11788 else
11789 {
11790 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11791 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11792 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11793 }
11794 }
11795 else
11796 {
11797 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11798 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11799 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11800 }
11801
11802 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11803 row->hash = 0;
11804 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11805 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11806 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11807 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11808 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11809 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11810 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11811
11812 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11813 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11814 }
11815
11816
11817 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11818 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11819 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11820 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11821
11822 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11823 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11824 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11825 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11826
11827 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11828 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11829
11830 static int
11831 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11832 struct it *it;
11833 int default_face_p;
11834 {
11835 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11836 {
11837 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11838
11839 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11840 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11841 {
11842 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
11843 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
11844 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
11845 append_space has been called. */
11846 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11847 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
11848 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11849 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11850 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11851 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11852 struct face *face;
11853
11854 saved_object = it->object;
11855 saved_pos = it->position;
11856
11857 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11858 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11859 it->object = make_number (0);
11860 it->c = ' ';
11861 it->len = 1;
11862
11863 if (default_face_p)
11864 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11865 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11866 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
11867 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11868 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11869
11870 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11871
11872 it->current_x = saved_x;
11873 it->object = saved_object;
11874 it->position = saved_pos;
11875 it->what = saved_what;
11876 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11877 it->len = saved_len;
11878 it->c = saved_c;
11879 return 1;
11880 }
11881 }
11882
11883 return 0;
11884 }
11885
11886
11887 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11888 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11889 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11890 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11891
11892 static void
11893 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
11894 struct it *it;
11895 {
11896 struct face *face;
11897 struct frame *f = it->f;
11898
11899 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
11900 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11901 return;
11902
11903 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
11904 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
11905 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
11906 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11907 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
11908 else
11909 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
11910
11911 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11912 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
11913 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
11914 && !face->stipple)
11915 return;
11916
11917 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11918 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11919 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11920
11921 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11922 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11923 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
11924 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
11925 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
11926 {
11927 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
11928 }
11929
11930 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11931 {
11932 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11933 so that we know which face to draw. */
11934 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11935 {
11936 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11937 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11938 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11939 }
11940 }
11941 else
11942 {
11943 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11944 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11945 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11946 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11947 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11948 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11949
11950 saved_object = it->object;
11951 saved_pos = it->position;
11952
11953 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11954 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11955 it->object = make_number (0);
11956 it->c = ' ';
11957 it->len = 1;
11958 it->face_id = face->id;
11959
11960 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11961
11962 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11963 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11964
11965 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11966 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11967 it->current_x = saved_x;
11968 it->object = saved_object;
11969 it->position = saved_pos;
11970 it->what = saved_what;
11971 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11972 }
11973 }
11974
11975
11976 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
11977 trailing whitespace. */
11978
11979 static int
11980 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
11981 int charpos;
11982 {
11983 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
11984 int c = 0;
11985
11986 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
11987 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
11988 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
11989 ++bytepos;
11990
11991 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
11992 {
11993 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
11994 return 1;
11995 }
11996 return 0;
11997 }
11998
11999
12000 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
12001
12002 void
12003 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
12004 struct frame *f;
12005 struct glyph_row *row;
12006 {
12007 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12008
12009 if (used)
12010 {
12011 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12012 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
12013
12014 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
12015 cursor at the end of a line. */
12016 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12017 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
12018 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
12019 --glyph;
12020
12021 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
12022 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
12023 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
12024 if (glyph >= start
12025 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12026 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12027 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12028 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
12029 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
12030 {
12031 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
12032
12033 while (glyph >= start
12034 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12035 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12036 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12037 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
12038 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
12039 }
12040 }
12041 }
12042
12043
12044 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
12045 used to hold the cursor. */
12046
12047 static int
12048 cursor_row_p (w, row)
12049 struct window *w;
12050 struct glyph_row *row;
12051 {
12052 int cursor_row_p = 1;
12053
12054 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12055 {
12056 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12057 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12058 newline). */
12059 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12060 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12061 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12062
12063 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12064 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12065 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12066 cursor_row_p = 1;
12067 else
12068 cursor_row_p = 0;
12069 }
12070
12071 return cursor_row_p;
12072 }
12073
12074
12075 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12076 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12077 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12078 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12079 only. */
12080
12081 static int
12082 display_line (it)
12083 struct it *it;
12084 {
12085 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12086
12087 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12088 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12089
12090 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12091 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12092 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12093
12094 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12095 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12096
12097 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12098 prepare_desired_row (row);
12099
12100 row->y = it->current_y;
12101 row->start = it->current;
12102 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12103 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12104 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12105 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12106
12107 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12108 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12109 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12110 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12111 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12112 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12113
12114 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12115 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12116 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12117 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12118 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12119 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12120
12121 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12122 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12123 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12124 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12125 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12126 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12127
12128 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12129 character to display. */
12130 while (1)
12131 {
12132 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12133 int x, i, nglyphs;
12134 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12135
12136 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12137 buffer reached. */
12138 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12139 {
12140 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12141 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12142 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12143 to -1. */
12144 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12145 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12146 {
12147 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12148 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12149
12150 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12151 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12152 }
12153
12154 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12155 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12156 break;
12157 }
12158
12159 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12160 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12161 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12162 x = it->current_x;
12163
12164 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12165 fit on the line. */
12166 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12167 {
12168 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12169 descent = it->max_descent;
12170 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12171 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12172 }
12173
12174 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12175
12176 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12177 the next one. */
12178 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12179 {
12180 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12181 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12182 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12183 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12184 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12185 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12186 continue;
12187 }
12188
12189 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12190 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12191 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12192 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12193 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12194 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12195 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12196 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12197 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12198 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12199 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12200 x_before = x;
12201
12202 if ((nglyphs == 1
12203 /* A wide multibyte character produces multiple glyphs on
12204 tty window .*/
12205 || !SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
12206 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12207 {
12208 it->hpos += nglyphs;
12209 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12210 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12211 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12212 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12213 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12214 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12215 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12216 }
12217 else
12218 {
12219 int new_x;
12220 struct glyph *glyph;
12221
12222 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12223 {
12224 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12225 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12226
12227 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12228 !it->truncate_lines_p
12229 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12230 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12231 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12232 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12233 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12234 {
12235 /* End of a continued line. */
12236
12237 if (it->hpos == 0
12238 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12239 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12240 {
12241 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12242 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12243 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12244 after the glyph. */
12245 row->continued_p = 1;
12246 it->current_x = new_x;
12247 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12248 ++it->hpos;
12249 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12250 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12251 }
12252 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12253 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12254 {
12255 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12256 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12257 on the line. */
12258 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12259
12260 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12261 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12262 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12263 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12264 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12265
12266 row->continued_p = 1;
12267 it->current_x = x_before;
12268 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12269
12270 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12271 element not fitting on the line. */
12272 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12273 it->max_descent = descent;
12274 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12275 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12276 }
12277 else
12278 {
12279 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12280 the window. Restore positions to values
12281 before the element. The next line starts
12282 with current_x before the glyph that could
12283 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12284 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12285
12286 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12287 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12288 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12289 row->continued_p = 1;
12290
12291 it->current_x = x;
12292 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12293 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12294 {
12295 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12296 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12297 }
12298
12299 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12300 element not fitting on the line. */
12301 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12302 it->max_descent = descent;
12303 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12304 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12305 }
12306
12307 break;
12308 }
12309 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12310 {
12311 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12312 ++it->hpos;
12313
12314 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12315 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12316 negative X position. */
12317 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12318 }
12319 else
12320 {
12321 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12322 window. This should not happen because of the
12323 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12324 this function. */
12325 abort ();
12326 }
12327 }
12328
12329 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12330 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12331 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12332 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12333 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12334
12335 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12336 if (row->continued_p)
12337 break;
12338 }
12339
12340 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12341 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12342 margin of the window. */
12343 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12344 {
12345 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12346
12347 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12348 display the cursor there. */
12349 append_space (it, 0);
12350
12351 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12352 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12353
12354 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12355 if (used_before == 0)
12356 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12357
12358 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12359 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12360 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12361 break;
12362 }
12363
12364 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12365 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12366 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12367
12368 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12369 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12370 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12371 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12372 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12373 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12374 {
12375 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12376 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12377 {
12378 int i, n;
12379
12380 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
12381 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
12382 break;
12383
12384 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
12385 {
12386 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
12387 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12388 }
12389 }
12390
12391 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12392 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12393 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12394 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12395 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12396 it->current_x = x_before;
12397 break;
12398 }
12399 }
12400
12401 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12402 at the left window margin. */
12403 if (it->first_visible_x
12404 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12405 {
12406 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12407 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12408 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12409 }
12410
12411 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12412 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12413 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12414 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12415 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12416 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12417 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12418 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12419 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12420 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12421 {
12422 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12423 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12424 {
12425 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12426 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12427 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12428 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12429 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12430
12431 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12432 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12433 *p++ = *glyph++;
12434
12435 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12436 p2 = p;
12437 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12438 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12439 ++p2;
12440 if (p2 > p)
12441 {
12442 while (p2 < end)
12443 *p++ = *p2++;
12444 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12445 }
12446 }
12447
12448 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12449 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12450 }
12451
12452 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12453 compute_line_metrics (it);
12454
12455 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12456 row->end = it->current;
12457
12458 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12459 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12460 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12461 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12462 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12463 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12464
12465 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12466 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12467 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12468
12469 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12470 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12471 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12472 row to be used. */
12473 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12474 it->current_y += row->height;
12475 ++it->vpos;
12476 ++it->glyph_row;
12477 return row->displays_text_p;
12478 }
12479
12480
12481 \f
12482 /***********************************************************************
12483 Menu Bar
12484 ***********************************************************************/
12485
12486 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12487
12488 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12489 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12490
12491 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12492 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12493 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12494 for the menu bar. */
12495
12496 static void
12497 display_menu_bar (w)
12498 struct window *w;
12499 {
12500 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12501 struct it it;
12502 Lisp_Object items;
12503 int i;
12504
12505 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12506 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12507 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12508 return;
12509 #endif
12510 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12511 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12512 return;
12513 #endif
12514 #ifdef macintosh
12515 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12516 return;
12517 #endif
12518
12519 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12520 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12521 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12522 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12523 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12524 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12525 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12526 {
12527 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12528 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12529 struct window *menu_w;
12530 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12531 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12532 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12533 MENU_FACE_ID);
12534 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12535 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12536 }
12537 else
12538 {
12539 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12540 pixel x/y. */
12541 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12542 MENU_FACE_ID);
12543 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12544 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12545 }
12546 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12547
12548 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12549 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12550 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12551
12552 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12553 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12554 {
12555 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12556 clear_glyph_row (row);
12557 row->enabled_p = 1;
12558 row->full_width_p = 1;
12559 }
12560
12561 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12562 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12563 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12564 {
12565 Lisp_Object string;
12566
12567 /* Stop at nil string. */
12568 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
12569 if (NILP (string))
12570 break;
12571
12572 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12573 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
12574
12575 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12576 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12577 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12578 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12579 }
12580
12581 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12582 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12583 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12584
12585 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12586 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12587 }
12588
12589
12590 \f
12591 /***********************************************************************
12592 Mode Line
12593 ***********************************************************************/
12594
12595 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12596 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12597 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12598 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12599
12600 static int
12601 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12602 Lisp_Object window;
12603 int force;
12604 {
12605 int nwindows = 0;
12606
12607 while (!NILP (window))
12608 {
12609 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12610
12611 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12612 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12613 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12614 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12615 else if (force
12616 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12617 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12618 {
12619 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12620 struct text_pos lpoint;
12621 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12622
12623 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12624 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12625 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12626
12627 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12628 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12629 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12630 {
12631 struct text_pos pt;
12632
12633 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12634 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12635 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12636 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12637 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12638 else
12639 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12640 }
12641
12642 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12643 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12644 selected_frame = w->frame;
12645
12646 /* Display mode lines. */
12647 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12648 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12649 {
12650 ++nwindows;
12651 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12652 }
12653
12654 /* Restore old settings. */
12655 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12656 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12657 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12658 }
12659
12660 window = w->next;
12661 }
12662
12663 return nwindows;
12664 }
12665
12666
12667 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12668 of mode lines displayed. */
12669
12670 static int
12671 display_mode_lines (w)
12672 struct window *w;
12673 {
12674 int n = 0;
12675
12676 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12677 line_number_displayed = 0;
12678 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12679
12680 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12681 {
12682 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12683 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12684 ++n;
12685 }
12686
12687 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12688 {
12689 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12690 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12691 ++n;
12692 }
12693
12694 return n;
12695 }
12696
12697
12698 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12699 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12700 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
12701 height of the mode line displayed. */
12702
12703 static int
12704 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12705 struct window *w;
12706 enum face_id face_id;
12707 Lisp_Object format;
12708 {
12709 struct it it;
12710 struct face *face;
12711
12712 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12713 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12714
12715 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12716 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
12717 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12718
12719 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12720 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12721 values. */
12722 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12723 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12724 pop_frame_kboard ();
12725
12726 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12727 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12728
12729 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12730 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12731 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12732 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
12733 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12734 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12735 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12736
12737 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12738 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12739 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12740 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12741 {
12742 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12743 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12744 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12745 }
12746
12747 return it.glyph_row->height;
12748 }
12749
12750
12751 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12752 translates into text depends on its data type.
12753
12754 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12755
12756 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12757 infinite recursion here.
12758
12759 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12760 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12761 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12762 display_string for details. *
12763
12764 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12765
12766 static int
12767 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12768 struct it *it;
12769 int depth;
12770 int field_width, precision;
12771 Lisp_Object elt;
12772 {
12773 int n = 0, field, prec;
12774
12775 tail_recurse:
12776 if (depth > 10)
12777 goto invalid;
12778
12779 depth++;
12780
12781 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12782 {
12783 case Lisp_String:
12784 {
12785 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12786 unsigned char c;
12787 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12788 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12789
12790 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12791 && *this
12792 && (frame_title_ptr
12793 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12794 {
12795 unsigned char *last = this;
12796
12797 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12798 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12799 ;
12800
12801 if (this - 1 != last)
12802 {
12803 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12804 is length of string. Don't output more than
12805 PRECISION allows us. */
12806 prec = --this - last;
12807 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12808 prec = precision - n;
12809
12810 if (frame_title_ptr)
12811 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
12812 else
12813 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12814 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12815 }
12816 else /* c == '%' */
12817 {
12818 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12819
12820 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12821 don't pad. */
12822 field = 0;
12823 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12824 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12825
12826 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12827 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12828 field = field_width - n;
12829
12830 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12831 prec = precision - n;
12832
12833 if (c == 'M')
12834 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12835 Vglobal_mode_string);
12836 else if (c != 0)
12837 {
12838 unsigned char *spec
12839 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12840
12841 if (frame_title_ptr)
12842 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12843 else
12844 {
12845 int nglyphs_before
12846 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12847 int charpos
12848 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12849 int nwritten
12850 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12851 field, prec, 0, -1);
12852
12853 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12854 string where the `%x' came from, position
12855 of the `%'. */
12856 if (nwritten > 0)
12857 {
12858 struct glyph *glyph
12859 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12860 + nglyphs_before);
12861 int i;
12862
12863 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12864 {
12865 glyph[i].object = elt;
12866 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12867 }
12868
12869 n += nwritten;
12870 }
12871 }
12872 }
12873 }
12874 }
12875 }
12876 break;
12877
12878 case Lisp_Symbol:
12879 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12880 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12881 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12882 literally. */
12883 {
12884 register Lisp_Object tem;
12885 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12886 if (!NILP (tem))
12887 {
12888 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12889 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12890 don't check for % within it. */
12891 if (STRINGP (tem))
12892 {
12893 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
12894 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12895 prec = precision - n;
12896 if (frame_title_ptr)
12897 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
12898 else
12899 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
12900 0, prec, 0, -1);
12901 }
12902 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
12903 {
12904 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
12905 elt = tem;
12906 goto tail_recurse;
12907 }
12908 }
12909 }
12910 break;
12911
12912 case Lisp_Cons:
12913 {
12914 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
12915
12916 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
12917 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
12918 and effectively concatenate them.
12919 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
12920 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
12921 to at least that many characters.
12922 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
12923 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
12924 car = XCAR (elt);
12925 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
12926 {
12927 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
12928 and use the result as mode line elements. */
12929 struct gcpro gcpro1;
12930 Lisp_Object spec;
12931
12932 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
12933 GCPRO1 (spec);
12934 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12935 precision - n, spec);
12936 UNGCPRO;
12937 }
12938 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
12939 {
12940 tem = Fboundp (car);
12941 elt = XCDR (elt);
12942 if (!CONSP (elt))
12943 goto invalid;
12944 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
12945 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
12946 if (!NILP (tem))
12947 {
12948 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
12949 if (!NILP (tem))
12950 {
12951 elt = XCAR (elt);
12952 goto tail_recurse;
12953 }
12954 }
12955 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
12956 Get the cddr of the original list
12957 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
12958 elt = XCDR (elt);
12959 if (NILP (elt))
12960 break;
12961 else if (!CONSP (elt))
12962 goto invalid;
12963 elt = XCAR (elt);
12964 goto tail_recurse;
12965 }
12966 else if (INTEGERP (car))
12967 {
12968 register int lim = XINT (car);
12969 elt = XCDR (elt);
12970 if (lim < 0)
12971 {
12972 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
12973 if (precision <= 0)
12974 precision = -lim;
12975 else
12976 precision = min (precision, -lim);
12977 }
12978 else if (lim > 0)
12979 {
12980 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
12981 current maximum. */
12982 if (precision > 0)
12983 lim = min (precision, lim);
12984
12985 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
12986 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
12987 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
12988 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
12989 }
12990 goto tail_recurse;
12991 }
12992 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
12993 {
12994 register int limit = 50;
12995 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
12996 while (CONSP (elt)
12997 && --limit > 0
12998 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
12999 {
13000 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13001 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
13002 elt = XCDR (elt);
13003 }
13004 }
13005 }
13006 break;
13007
13008 default:
13009 invalid:
13010 if (frame_title_ptr)
13011 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
13012 else
13013 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
13014 precision - n, 0, 0);
13015 return n;
13016 }
13017
13018 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
13019 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
13020 {
13021 if (frame_title_ptr)
13022 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
13023 else
13024 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
13025 0, 0, 0);
13026 }
13027
13028 return n;
13029 }
13030
13031
13032 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
13033 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
13034
13035 static void
13036 pint2str (buf, width, d)
13037 register char *buf;
13038 register int width;
13039 register int d;
13040 {
13041 register char *p = buf;
13042
13043 if (d <= 0)
13044 *p++ = '0';
13045 else
13046 {
13047 while (d > 0)
13048 {
13049 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
13050 d /= 10;
13051 }
13052 }
13053
13054 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
13055 *p++ = ' ';
13056 *p-- = '\0';
13057 while (p > buf)
13058 {
13059 d = *buf;
13060 *buf++ = *p;
13061 *p-- = d;
13062 }
13063 }
13064
13065 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
13066 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
13067 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
13068
13069 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
13070
13071 static char *
13072 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
13073 Lisp_Object coding_system;
13074 register char *buf;
13075 int eol_flag;
13076 {
13077 Lisp_Object val;
13078 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
13079 unsigned char *eol_str;
13080 int eol_str_len;
13081 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
13082 Lisp_Object eoltype;
13083
13084 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
13085 eoltype = Qnil;
13086
13087 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
13088 {
13089 if (multibyte)
13090 *buf++ = '-';
13091 if (eol_flag)
13092 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13093 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
13094 }
13095 else
13096 {
13097 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13098
13099 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13100
13101 if (multibyte)
13102 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
13103
13104 if (eol_flag)
13105 {
13106 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13107
13108 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13109 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13110 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13111 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13112 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13113 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13114 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13115 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13116 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13117 }
13118 }
13119
13120 if (eol_flag)
13121 {
13122 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13123 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13124 {
13125 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13126 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13127 }
13128 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13129 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13130 {
13131 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13132 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13133 }
13134 else
13135 {
13136 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13137 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13138 }
13139 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13140 buf += eol_str_len;
13141 }
13142
13143 return buf;
13144 }
13145
13146 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13147 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13148 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13149 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13150
13151 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13152
13153 static char *
13154 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13155 struct window *w;
13156 register int c;
13157 int field_width, precision;
13158 {
13159 Lisp_Object obj;
13160 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13161 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13162 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13163
13164 obj = Qnil;
13165
13166 switch (c)
13167 {
13168 case '*':
13169 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13170 return "%";
13171 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13172 return "*";
13173 return "-";
13174
13175 case '+':
13176 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13177 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13178 return "*";
13179 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13180 return "%";
13181 return "-";
13182
13183 case '&':
13184 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13185 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13186 return "*";
13187 return "-";
13188
13189 case '%':
13190 return "%";
13191
13192 case '[':
13193 {
13194 int i;
13195 char *p;
13196
13197 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13198 return "[[[... ";
13199 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13200 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13201 *p++ = '[';
13202 *p = 0;
13203 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13204 }
13205
13206 case ']':
13207 {
13208 int i;
13209 char *p;
13210
13211 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13212 return " ...]]]";
13213 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13214 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13215 *p++ = ']';
13216 *p = 0;
13217 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13218 }
13219
13220 case '-':
13221 {
13222 register int i;
13223
13224 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13225 if (field_width <= 0
13226 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13227 {
13228 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13229 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13230 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13231 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13232 }
13233 else
13234 return lots_of_dashes;
13235 }
13236
13237 case 'b':
13238 obj = b->name;
13239 break;
13240
13241 case 'c':
13242 {
13243 int col = current_column ();
13244 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
13245 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13246 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13247 }
13248
13249 case 'F':
13250 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13251 if (!NILP (f->title))
13252 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13253 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13254 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13255 return "Emacs";
13256
13257 case 'f':
13258 obj = b->filename;
13259 break;
13260
13261 case 'l':
13262 {
13263 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13264 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13265 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13266 int nlines, junk;
13267 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13268
13269 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13270 don't forget that too fast. */
13271 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13272 goto no_value;
13273 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13274 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13275 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13276
13277 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13278 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13279 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13280 {
13281 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13282 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13283 goto no_value;
13284 }
13285
13286 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13287 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13288 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13289 {
13290 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13291 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13292 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13293 }
13294 else
13295 {
13296 line = 1;
13297 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13298 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13299 }
13300
13301 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13302 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13303 startpos_byte,
13304 startpos, &junk);
13305
13306 topline = nlines + line;
13307
13308 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13309 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13310 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13311 go back past it. */
13312 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13313 {
13314 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
13315 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
13316 }
13317 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13318 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13319 {
13320 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13321 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13322 int position;
13323 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13324
13325 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13326 {
13327 limit = startpos - distance;
13328 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13329 }
13330
13331 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13332 limit_byte,
13333 - (height * 2 + 30),
13334 &position);
13335 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13336 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13337 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13338 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13339 {
13340 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13341 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13342 goto no_value;
13343 }
13344
13345 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
13346 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13347 }
13348
13349 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13350 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13351 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13352
13353 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13354 line_number_displayed = 1;
13355
13356 /* Make the string to show. */
13357 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13358 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13359 no_value:
13360 {
13361 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13362 int pad = field_width - 2;
13363 while (pad-- > 0)
13364 *p++ = ' ';
13365 *p++ = '?';
13366 *p++ = '?';
13367 *p = '\0';
13368 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13369 }
13370 }
13371 break;
13372
13373 case 'm':
13374 obj = b->mode_name;
13375 break;
13376
13377 case 'n':
13378 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13379 return " Narrow";
13380 break;
13381
13382 case 'p':
13383 {
13384 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13385 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13386
13387 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13388 {
13389 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13390 return "All";
13391 else
13392 return "Bottom";
13393 }
13394 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13395 return "Top";
13396 else
13397 {
13398 if (total > 1000000)
13399 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13400 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13401 else
13402 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13403 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13404 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13405 if (total == 100)
13406 total = 99;
13407 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13408 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13409 }
13410 }
13411
13412 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13413 case 'P':
13414 {
13415 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13416 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13417 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13418
13419 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13420 {
13421 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13422 return "All";
13423 else
13424 return "Bottom";
13425 }
13426 else
13427 {
13428 if (total > 1000000)
13429 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13430 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13431 else
13432 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13433 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13434 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13435 if (total == 100)
13436 total = 99;
13437 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13438 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13439 else
13440 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13441 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13442 }
13443 }
13444
13445 case 's':
13446 /* status of process */
13447 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13448 if (NILP (obj))
13449 return "no process";
13450 #ifdef subprocesses
13451 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13452 #endif
13453 break;
13454
13455 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13456 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13457 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13458 #else
13459 return "T";
13460 #endif
13461
13462 case 'z':
13463 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13464 case 'Z':
13465 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13466 {
13467 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13468 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13469
13470 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13471 {
13472 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13473 to do EOL conversion. */
13474 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13475 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13476 }
13477 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13478 p, eol_flag);
13479
13480 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13481 #ifdef subprocesses
13482 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13483 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13484 {
13485 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13486 p, eol_flag);
13487 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13488 p, eol_flag);
13489 }
13490 #endif /* subprocesses */
13491 #endif /* 0 */
13492 *p = 0;
13493 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13494 }
13495 }
13496
13497 if (STRINGP (obj))
13498 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13499 else
13500 return "";
13501 }
13502
13503
13504 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13505 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13506 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13507
13508 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13509
13510 static int
13511 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13512 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13513 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13514 {
13515 register unsigned char *cursor;
13516 unsigned char *base;
13517
13518 register int ceiling;
13519 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13520 int orig_count = count;
13521
13522 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13523 check only for newlines. */
13524 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13525 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13526
13527 if (count > 0)
13528 {
13529 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13530 {
13531 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13532 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13533 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13534 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13535 while (1)
13536 {
13537 if (selective_display)
13538 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13539 ;
13540 else
13541 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13542 ;
13543
13544 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13545 {
13546 if (--count == 0)
13547 {
13548 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13549 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13550 return orig_count;
13551 }
13552 else
13553 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13554 break;
13555 }
13556 else
13557 break;
13558 }
13559 start_byte += cursor - base;
13560 }
13561 }
13562 else
13563 {
13564 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13565 {
13566 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13567 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13568 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13569 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13570 while (1)
13571 {
13572 if (selective_display)
13573 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13574 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13575 ;
13576 else
13577 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13578 ;
13579
13580 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13581 {
13582 if (++count == 0)
13583 {
13584 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13585 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13586 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13587 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13588 return - orig_count - 1;
13589 }
13590 }
13591 else
13592 break;
13593 }
13594 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13595 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13596 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13597 }
13598 }
13599
13600 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13601
13602 if (count < 0)
13603 return - orig_count + count;
13604 return orig_count - count;
13605
13606 }
13607
13608
13609 \f
13610 /***********************************************************************
13611 Displaying strings
13612 ***********************************************************************/
13613
13614 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13615
13616 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13617 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13618
13619 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13620 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13621 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13622
13623 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13624 standard display table, temporarily.
13625
13626 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13627 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13628 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13629 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13630
13631 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13632 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13633
13634 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13635
13636 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13637 ----------------------------------------
13638 -1 -1 %s
13639 -1 10 %.10s
13640 10 -1 %10s
13641 20 10 %20.10s
13642
13643 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13644 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13645 enable_multibyte_characters.
13646
13647 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13648
13649 static int
13650 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13651 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13652 unsigned char *string;
13653 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13654 Lisp_Object face_string;
13655 int face_string_pos;
13656 int start;
13657 struct it *it;
13658 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13659 int multibyte;
13660 {
13661 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13662 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13663 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13664
13665 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13666 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13667 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13668 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13669 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13670 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13671
13672 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13673 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13674 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13675 {
13676 int endptr;
13677 struct face *face;
13678
13679 it->face_id
13680 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13681 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13682 it->region_end_charpos,
13683 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13684 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13685 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13686 }
13687
13688 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13689 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13690 if (max_x <= 0)
13691 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13692 else
13693 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13694
13695 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13696 hscrolled. */
13697 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13698 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13699 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13700
13701 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13702 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13703 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13704 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13705
13706 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13707 past last_visible_x. */
13708 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13709 {
13710 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13711
13712 /* Get the next display element. */
13713 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13714 break;
13715
13716 /* Produce glyphs. */
13717 x_before = it->current_x;
13718 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13719 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13720
13721 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13722 i = 0;
13723 x = x_before;
13724 while (i < nglyphs)
13725 {
13726 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13727
13728 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13729 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13730 {
13731 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13732 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph))
13733 {
13734 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
13735 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
13736 it->current_x = x_before;
13737 }
13738 else
13739 {
13740 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13741 it->current_x = x;
13742 }
13743 break;
13744 }
13745 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13746 {
13747 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13748 ++it->hpos;
13749 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13750 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13751 }
13752 else
13753 {
13754 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13755 Should not happen. */
13756 abort ();
13757 }
13758
13759 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13760 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13761 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13762 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13763 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13764 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13765 ++i;
13766 }
13767
13768 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13769 if (i < nglyphs)
13770 break;
13771
13772 /* Stop at line ends. */
13773 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13774 {
13775 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13776 break;
13777 }
13778
13779 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13780
13781 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13782 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13783 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13784 {
13785 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13786 truncated at a padding space. */
13787 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13788 {
13789 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13790 {
13791 int i, n;
13792
13793 if (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)
13794 {
13795 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
13796 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
13797 break;
13798 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
13799 {
13800 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
13801 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13802 }
13803 }
13804 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13805 }
13806 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13807 }
13808 break;
13809 }
13810 }
13811
13812 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13813 if (it->first_visible_x
13814 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13815 {
13816 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13817 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13818 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13819 }
13820
13821 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13822
13823 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13824 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13825 }
13826
13827
13828 \f
13829 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13830 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13831 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13832 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13833 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13834
13835 int
13836 invisible_p (propval, list)
13837 register Lisp_Object propval;
13838 Lisp_Object list;
13839 {
13840 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13841
13842 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13843 {
13844 register Lisp_Object tem;
13845 tem = XCAR (tail);
13846 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13847 return 1;
13848 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13849 return 1;
13850 }
13851
13852 if (CONSP (propval))
13853 {
13854 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13855 {
13856 Lisp_Object propelt;
13857 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13858 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13859 {
13860 register Lisp_Object tem;
13861 tem = XCAR (tail);
13862 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13863 return 1;
13864 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13865 return 1;
13866 }
13867 }
13868 }
13869
13870 return 0;
13871 }
13872
13873
13874 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13875 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13876 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13877 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13878 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13879
13880 int
13881 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13882 register Lisp_Object propval;
13883 Lisp_Object list;
13884 {
13885 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13886
13887 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13888 {
13889 register Lisp_Object tem;
13890 tem = XCAR (tail);
13891 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13892 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13893 }
13894
13895 if (CONSP (propval))
13896 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13897 {
13898 Lisp_Object propelt;
13899 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13900 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13901 {
13902 register Lisp_Object tem;
13903 tem = XCAR (tail);
13904 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13905 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13906 }
13907 }
13908
13909 return 0;
13910 }
13911
13912
13913 \f
13914 /***********************************************************************
13915 Initialization
13916 ***********************************************************************/
13917
13918 void
13919 syms_of_xdisp ()
13920 {
13921 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
13922 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
13923
13924 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
13925 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
13926
13927 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
13928 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
13929
13930 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13931 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
13932 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
13933 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
13934 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
13935 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
13936 #endif
13937
13938 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
13939 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
13940
13941 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
13942 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
13943
13944 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
13945 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
13946
13947 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
13948 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
13949
13950 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
13951 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
13952
13953 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
13954 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
13955
13956 QCdata = intern (":data");
13957 staticpro (&QCdata);
13958 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
13959 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
13960 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
13961 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
13962 Qraise = intern ("raise");
13963 staticpro (&Qraise);
13964 Qspace = intern ("space");
13965 staticpro (&Qspace);
13966 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
13967 staticpro (&Qmargin);
13968 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
13969 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
13970 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
13971 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
13972 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
13973 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
13974 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
13975 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
13976 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
13977 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
13978 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
13979 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
13980 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
13981 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
13982 QCeval = intern (":eval");
13983 staticpro (&QCeval);
13984 Qwhen = intern ("when");
13985 staticpro (&Qwhen);
13986 QCfile = intern (":file");
13987 staticpro (&QCfile);
13988 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
13989 staticpro (&Qfontified);
13990 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
13991 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
13992 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
13993 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
13994 Qimage = intern ("image");
13995 staticpro (&Qimage);
13996 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
13997 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
13998 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
13999 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
14000
14001 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
14002 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
14003 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
14004 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
14005
14006 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14007 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
14008 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
14009
14010 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14011 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
14012 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
14013
14014 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
14015 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
14016
14017 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
14018 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
14019 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
14020 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
14021
14022 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
14023 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
14024 This is used for internal purposes.");
14025 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
14026
14027 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
14028 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
14029 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
14030
14031 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
14032 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
14033 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
14034 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
14035 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
14036
14037 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
14038 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
14039 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
14040
14041 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
14042 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
14043 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
14044 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
14045 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
14046 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
14047
14048 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
14049 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
14050 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
14051 in the window.");
14052 scroll_conservatively = 0;
14053
14054 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
14055 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
14056 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
14057 of the top or bottom of the window.");
14058 scroll_margin = 0;
14059
14060 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
14061 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
14062 #endif
14063
14064 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
14065 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
14066 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
14067 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
14068
14069 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
14070 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
14071 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
14072 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
14073 \n\
14074 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
14075 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
14076
14077 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
14078 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
14079 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
14080 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
14081 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
14082
14083 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
14084 &line_number_display_limit_width,
14085 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
14086 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
14087 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
14088 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
14089
14090 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
14091 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
14092 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
14093
14094 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
14095 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
14096 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
14097 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
14098 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
14099
14100 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
14101 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
14102 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14103 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14104 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14105 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14106 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
14107 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
14108 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14109 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14110 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14111 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14112 Vicon_title_format
14113 = Vframe_title_format
14114 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
14115 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
14116 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
14117 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
14118 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
14119 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
14120 Qnil)))),
14121 Qnil)));
14122
14123 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14124 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14125 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14126 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14127 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
14128
14129 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14130 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14131 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14132 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14133 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14134 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14135 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14136
14137 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14138 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14139 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14140 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14141 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14142 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14143
14144 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14145 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14146 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14147 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14148 otherwise.");
14149 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14150
14151 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14152 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14153 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14154
14155 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin,
14156 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.\n\
14157 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.\n\
14158 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ : VERT)' with\n\
14159 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the\n\
14160 vertical margin.");
14161 Vtool_bar_button_margin = make_number (1);
14162
14163 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14164 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14165 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
14166
14167 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14168 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14169 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14170 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14171 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14172 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14173 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14174 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14175
14176 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14177 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14178 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14179 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14180 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14181 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14182 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14183 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14184
14185 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14186 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14187 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14188 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14189 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14190
14191 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14192 "*How to resize mini-windows.\n\
14193 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14194 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.\n\
14195 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14196 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows\n\
14197 go back to their normal size.");
14198 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14199
14200 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14201 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14202 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14203 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14204 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14205
14206 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14207 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14208 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14209
14210 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14211 "List of supported image types.\n\
14212 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14213 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14214
14215 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14216 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14217 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14218 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14219
14220 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14221 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14222 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14223 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14224 }
14225
14226
14227 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14228
14229 void
14230 init_xdisp ()
14231 {
14232 Lisp_Object root_window;
14233 struct window *mini_w;
14234
14235 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14236
14237 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14238
14239 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14240 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14241
14242 if (!noninteractive)
14243 {
14244 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14245 int i;
14246
14247 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14248 set_window_height (root_window,
14249 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14250 0);
14251 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14252 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14253
14254 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14255 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14256
14257 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14258 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14259 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14260
14261 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14262 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14263 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
14264 }
14265
14266 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14267 {
14268 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14269 int size = 100;
14270 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14271 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14272 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14273 }
14274 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14275
14276 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
14277 }
14278
14279